mirror of
https://github.com/MoleskiCoder/EightBit.git
synced 2024-12-24 06:29:42 +00:00
6bb8118c7f
Signed-off-by: Adrian Conlon <Adrian.conlon@gmail.com>
5399 lines
290 KiB
NASM
5399 lines
290 KiB
NASM
|
||
UART EQU $A000
|
||
RECEV EQU UART+1
|
||
TRANS EQU UART+1
|
||
USTAT EQU UART
|
||
UCTRL EQU UART
|
||
|
||
BS EQU 8 BACKSPACE
|
||
CR EQU $D ENTER KEY
|
||
ESC EQU $1B ESCAPE CODE
|
||
SPACE EQU $20 SPACE (BLANK)
|
||
STKBUF EQU 58 STACK BUFFER ROOM
|
||
LBUFMX EQU 250 MAX NUMBER OF CHARS IN A BASIC LINE
|
||
MAXLIN EQU $FA MAXIMUM MS BYTE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
* PSEUDO OPS
|
||
SKP1 EQU $21 OP CODE OF BRN — SKIP ONE BYTE
|
||
SKP2 EQU $8C OP CODE OF CMPX # - SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
SKP1LD EQU $86 OP CODE OF LDA # - SKIP THE NEXT BYTE
|
||
* AND LOAD THE VALUE OF THAT BYTE INTO ACCA — THIS
|
||
* IS USUALLY USED TO LOAD ACCA WITH A NON ZERO VALUE
|
||
RTS_LOW EQU $95
|
||
ORG 0
|
||
ENDFLG RMB 1 STOP/END FLAG: POSITIVE=STOP, NEG=END
|
||
CHARAC RMB 1 TERMINATOR FLAG 1
|
||
ENDCHR RMB 1 TERMINATOR FLAG 2
|
||
TMPLOC RMB 1 SCRATCH VARIABLE
|
||
IFCTR RMB 1 IF COUNTER - HOW MANY IF STATEMENTS IN A LINE
|
||
DIMFLG RMB 1 *DV* ARRAY FLAG 0=EVALUATE, 1=DIMENSIONING
|
||
VALTYP RMB 1 *DV* *PV TYPE FLAG: 0=NUMERIC, $FF=STRING
|
||
GARBFL RMB 1 *TV STRING SPACE HOUSEKEEPING FLAG
|
||
ARYDIS RMB 1 DISABLE ARRAY SEARCH: 00=ALLOW SEARCH
|
||
INPFLG RMB 1 *TV INPUT FLAG: READ=0, INPUT<>0
|
||
RELFLG RMB 1 *TV RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG
|
||
TEMPPT RMB 2 *PV TEMPORARY STRING STACK POINTER
|
||
LASTPT RMB 2 *PV ADDR OF LAST USED STRING STACK ADDRESS
|
||
TEMPTR RMB 2 TEMPORARY POINTER
|
||
TMPTR1 RMB 2 TEMPORARY DESCRIPTOR STORAGE (STACK SEARCH)
|
||
FPA2 RMB 4 FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #2 MANTISSA
|
||
BOTSTK RMB 2 BOTTOM OF STACK AT LAST CHECK
|
||
TXTTAB RMB 2 *PV BEGINNING OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
VARTAB RMB 2 *PV START OF VARIABLES
|
||
ARYTAB RMB 2 *PV START OF ARRAYS
|
||
ARYEND RMB 2 *PV END OF ARRAYS (+1)
|
||
FRETOP RMB 2 *PV START OF STRING STORAGE (TOP OF FREE RAM)
|
||
STRTAB RMB 2 *PV START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
FRESPC RMB 2 UTILITY STRING POINTER
|
||
MEMSIZ RMB 2 *PV TOP OF STRING SPACE
|
||
OLDTXT RMB 2 SAVED LINE NUMBER DURING A "STOP"
|
||
BINVAL RMB 2 BINARY VALUE OF A CONVERTED LINE NUMBER
|
||
OLDPTR RMB 2 SAVED INPUT PTR DURING A "STOP"
|
||
TINPTR RMB 2 TEMPORARY INPUT POINTER STORAGE
|
||
DATTXT RMB 2 *PV 'DATA' STATEMENT LINE NUMBER POINTER
|
||
DATPTR RMB 2 *PV 'DATA' STATEMENT ADDRESS POINTER
|
||
DATTMP RMB 2 DATA POINTER FOR 'INPUT' & 'READ'
|
||
VARNAM RMB 2 *TV TEMP STORAGE FOR A VARIABLE NAME
|
||
VARPTR RMB 2 *TV POINTER TO A VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
VARDES RMB 2 TEMP POINTER TO A VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
RELPTR RMB 2 POINTER TO RELATIONAL OPERATOR PROCESSING ROUTINE
|
||
TRELFL RMB 1 TEMPORARY RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG BYTE
|
||
* FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATORS #3,4 & 5 ARE MOSTLY
|
||
* USED AS SCRATCH PAD VARIABLES.
|
||
** FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #3 :PACKED: ($40-$44)
|
||
V40 RMB 1
|
||
V41 RMB 1
|
||
V42 RMB 1
|
||
V43 RMB 1
|
||
V44 RMB 1
|
||
** FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #4 :PACKED: ($45-$49)
|
||
V45 RMB 1
|
||
V46 RMB 1
|
||
V47 RMB 1
|
||
V48 RMB 2
|
||
** FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #5 :PACKED: ($4A—$4E)
|
||
V4A RMB 1
|
||
V4B RMB 2
|
||
V4D RMB 2
|
||
** FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #0
|
||
FP0EXP RMB 1 *PV FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #0 EXPONENT
|
||
FPA0 RMB 4 *PV FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #0 MANTISSA
|
||
FP0SGN RMB 1 *PV FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #0 SIGN
|
||
COEFCT RMB 1 POLYNOMIAL COEFFICIENT COUNTER
|
||
STRDES RMB 5 TEMPORARY STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
FPCARY RMB 1 FLOATING POINT CARRY BYTE
|
||
** FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #1
|
||
FP1EXP RMB 1 *PV FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #1 EXPONENT
|
||
FPA1 RMB 4 *PV FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #1 MANTISSA
|
||
FP1SGN RMB 1 *PV FLOATING POINT ACCUMULATOR #1 SIGN
|
||
RESSGN RMB 1 SIGN OF RESULT OF FLOATING POINT OPERATION
|
||
FPSBYT RMB 1 FLOATING POINT SUB BYTE (FIFTH BYTE)
|
||
COEFPT RMB 2 POLYNOMIAL COEFFICIENT POINTER
|
||
LSTTXT RMB 2 CURRENT LINE POINTER DURING LIST
|
||
CURLIN RMB 2 *PV CURRENT LINE # OF BASIC PROGRAM, $FFFF = DIRECT
|
||
DEVCFW RMB 1 *TV TAB FIELD WIDTH
|
||
DEVLCF RMB 1 *TV TAB ZONE
|
||
DEVPOS RMB 1 *TV PRINT POSITION
|
||
DEVWID RMB 1 *TV PRINT WIDTH
|
||
RSTFLG RMB 1 *PV WARM START FLAG: $55=WARM, OTHER=COLD
|
||
RSTVEC RMB 2 *PV WARM START VECTOR - JUMP ADDRESS FOR WARM START
|
||
TOPRAM RMB 2 *PV TOP OF RAM
|
||
IKEYIM RMB 1 *TV INKEY$ RAM IMAGE
|
||
ZERO RMB 2 *PV DUMMY - THESE TWO BYTES ARE ALWAYS ZERO
|
||
* THE FOLLOWING BYTES ARE MOVED DOWN FROM ROM
|
||
LPTCFW RMB 1 16
|
||
LPTLCF RMB 1 112
|
||
LPTWID RMB 1 132
|
||
LPTPOS RMB 1 0
|
||
EXECJP RMB 2 LB4AA
|
||
|
||
* THIS ROUTINE PICKS UP THE NEXT INPUT CHARACTER FROM
|
||
* BASIC. THE ADDRESS OF THE NEXT BASIC BYTE TO BE
|
||
* INTERPRETED IS STORED AT CHARAD.
|
||
GETNCH INC <CHARAD+1 *PV INCREMENT LS BYTE OF INPUT POINTER
|
||
BNE GETCCH *PV BRANCH IF NOT ZERO (NO CARRY)
|
||
INC <CHARAD *PV INCREMENT MS BYTE OF INPUT POINTER
|
||
GETCCH FCB $B6 *PV OP CODE OF LDA EXTENDED
|
||
CHARAD RMB 2 *PV THESE 2 BYTES CONTAIN ADDRESS OF THE CURRENT
|
||
* * CHARACTER WHICH THE BASIC INTERPRETER IS
|
||
* * PROCESSING
|
||
JMP BROMHK JUMP BACK INTO THE BASIC RUM
|
||
|
||
VAB RMB 1 = LOW ORDER FOUR BYTES OF THE PRODUCT
|
||
VAC RMB 1 = OF A FLOATING POINT MULTIPLICATION
|
||
VAD RMB 1 = THESE BYTES ARE USE AS RANDOM DATA
|
||
VAE RMB 1 = BY THE RND STATEMENT
|
||
|
||
* EXTENDED BASIC VARIABLES
|
||
TRCFLG RMB 1 *PV TRACE FLAG 0=OFF ELSE=ON
|
||
USRADR RMB 2 *PV ADDRESS OF THE START OF USR VECTORS
|
||
|
||
* EXTENDED BASIC SCRATCH PAD VARIABLES
|
||
VCF RMB 2
|
||
VD1 RMB 2
|
||
VD3 RMB 2
|
||
VD5 RMB 2
|
||
VD7 RMB 1
|
||
VD8 RMB 1
|
||
VD9 RMB 1
|
||
VDA RMB 1
|
||
SW3VEC RMB 3
|
||
SW2VEC RMB 3
|
||
SWIVEC RMB 3
|
||
NMIVEC RMB 3
|
||
IRQVEC RMB 3
|
||
FRQVEC RMB 3
|
||
USRJMP RMB 3 JUMP ADDRESS FOR BASIC'S USR FUNCTION
|
||
RVSEED RMB 1 * FLOATING POINT RANDOM NUMBER SEED EXPONENT
|
||
RMB 4 * MANTISSA: INITIALLY SET TO $804FC75259
|
||
|
||
**** USR FUNCTION VECTOR ADDRESSES (EX BASIC ONLY)
|
||
USR0 RMB 2 USR 0 VECTOR
|
||
RMB 2 USR 1
|
||
RMB 2 USR 2
|
||
RMB 2 USR 3
|
||
RMB 2 USR 4
|
||
RMB 2 USR 5
|
||
RMB 2 USR 6
|
||
RMB 2 USR 7
|
||
RMB 2 USR 8
|
||
RMB 2 USR 9
|
||
|
||
STRSTK RMB 8*5 STRING DESCRIPTOR STACK
|
||
LINHDR RMB 2 LINE INPUT BUFFER HEADER
|
||
LINBUF RMB LBUFMX+1 BASIC LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
STRBUF RMB 41 STRING BUFFER
|
||
|
||
PROGST RMB 1 START OF PROGRAM SPACE
|
||
* INTERRUPT VECTORS
|
||
ORG $FFF2
|
||
SWI3 RMB 2
|
||
SWI2 RMB 2
|
||
FIRQ RMB 2
|
||
IRQ RMB 2
|
||
SWI RMB 2
|
||
NMI RMB 2
|
||
RESETV RMB 2
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
ORG $DB00
|
||
|
||
* CONSOLE IN
|
||
LA171 BSR KEYIN GET A CHARACTER FROM CONSOLE IN
|
||
BEQ LA171 LOOP IF NO KEY DOWN
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
*
|
||
* THIS ROUTINE GETS A KEYSTROKE FROM THE KEYBOARD IF A KEY
|
||
* IS DOWN. IT RETURNS ZERO TRUE IF THERE WAS NO KEY DOWN.
|
||
*
|
||
*
|
||
LA1C1
|
||
KEYIN LDA USTAT
|
||
BITA #1
|
||
BEQ NOCHAR
|
||
LDA RECEV
|
||
ANDA #$7F
|
||
RTS
|
||
NOCHAR CLRA
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
* CONSOLE OUT
|
||
PUTCHR BSR WAITACIA
|
||
PSHS A
|
||
CMPA #CR IS IT CARRIAGE RETURN?
|
||
BEQ NEWLINE YES
|
||
STA TRANS
|
||
INC LPTPOS INCREMENT CHARACTER COUNTER
|
||
LDA LPTPOS CHECK FOR END OF LINE PRINTER LINE
|
||
CMPA LPTWID AT END OF LINE PRINTER LINE?
|
||
BLO PUTEND NO
|
||
NEWLINE CLR LPTPOS RESET CHARACTER COUNTER
|
||
BSR WAITACIA
|
||
LDA #13
|
||
STA TRANS
|
||
BSR WAITACIA
|
||
LDA #10 DO LINEFEED AFTER CR
|
||
STA TRANS
|
||
PUTEND PULS A
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
WAITACIA PSHS A
|
||
WRWAIT LDA USTAT
|
||
BITA #2
|
||
BEQ WRWAIT
|
||
PULS A
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
*
|
||
RESVEC
|
||
LA00E LDS #LINBUF+LBUFMX+1 SET STACK TO TOP OF LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
LDA RSTFLG GET WARM START FLAG
|
||
CMPA #$55 IS IT A WARM START?
|
||
BNE BACDST NO - D0 A COLD START
|
||
LDX RSTVEC WARM START VECTOR
|
||
LDA ,X GET FIRST BYTE OF WARM START ADDR
|
||
CMPA #$12 IS IT NOP?
|
||
BNE BACDST NO - DO A COLD START
|
||
JMP ,X YES, G0 THERE
|
||
|
||
* COLD START ENTRY
|
||
|
||
BACDST LDX #PROGST+1 POINT X TO CLEAR 1ST 1K OF RAM
|
||
LA077 CLR ,--X MOVE POINTER DOWN TWO-CLEAR BYTE
|
||
LEAX 1,X ADVANCE POINTER ONE
|
||
BNE LA077 KEEP GOING IF NOT AT BOTTOM OF PAGE 0
|
||
LDX #PROGST SET TO START OF PROGRAM SPACE
|
||
CLR ,X+ CLEAR 1ST BYTE OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
STX TXTTAB BEGINNING OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LA084 LDA 2,X LOOK FOR END OF MEMORY
|
||
COMA * COMPLEMENT IT AND PUT IT BACK
|
||
STA 2,X * INTO SYSTEM MEMORY
|
||
CMPA 2,X IS IT RAM?
|
||
BNE LA093 BRANCH IF NOT (ROM, BAD RAM OR NO RAM)
|
||
LEAX 1,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
COM 1,X RE-COMPLEMENT TO RESTORE BYTE
|
||
BRA LA084 KEEP LOOKING FOR END OF RAM
|
||
LA093 STX TOPRAM SAVE ABSOLUTE TOP OF RAM
|
||
STX MEMSIZ SAVE TOP OF STRING SPACE
|
||
STX STRTAB SAVE START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
LEAX -200,X CLEAR 200 - DEFAULT STRING SPACE TO 200 BYTES
|
||
STX FRETOP SAVE START OF STRING SPACE
|
||
TFR X,S PUT STACK THERE
|
||
LDX #LA10D POINT X TO ROM SOURCE DATA
|
||
LDU #LPTCFW POINT U TO RAM DESTINATION
|
||
LDB #18 MOVE 18 BYTES
|
||
JSR LA59A MOVE 18 BYTES FROM ROM TO RAM
|
||
LDU #IRQVEC POINT U TO NEXT RAM DESTINATION
|
||
LDB #4 MOVE 4 MORE BYTES
|
||
JSR LA59A MOVE 4 BYTES FROM ROM TO RAM
|
||
LDA #$39
|
||
STA LINHDR-1 PUT RTS IN LINHDR-1
|
||
JSR LAD19 G0 DO A ‘NEW’
|
||
* EXTENDED BASIC INITIALISATION
|
||
LDX #USR0 INITIALIZE ADDRESS OF START OF
|
||
STX USRADR USR JUMP TABLE
|
||
* INITIALIZE THE USR CALLS TO ‘FC ERROR’
|
||
LDU #LB44A ADDRESS OF ‘FC ERROR’ ROUTINE
|
||
LDB #10 10 USR CALLS IN EX BASIC
|
||
L8031 STU ,X++ STORE ‘FC’ ERROR AT USR ADDRESSES
|
||
DECB FINISHED ALL 10?
|
||
BNE L8031 NO
|
||
|
||
* INITIALISE ACIA
|
||
LDA #RTS_LOW DIV16 CLOCK -> 7372800 / 4 / 16 = 115200
|
||
STA UCTRL
|
||
LDX #LA147-1 POINT X TO COLOR BASIC COPYRIGHT MESSAGE
|
||
JSR LB99C PRINT ‘COLOR BASIC’
|
||
LDX #BAWMST WARM START ADDRESS
|
||
STX RSTVEC SAVE IT
|
||
LDA #$55 WARM START FLAG
|
||
STA RSTFLG SAVE IT
|
||
BRA LA0F3 GO TO BASIC’S MAIN LOOP
|
||
BAWMST NOP NOP REQ’D FOR WARM START
|
||
JSR LAD33 DO PART OF A NEW
|
||
LA0F3 JMP LAC73 GO TO MAIN LOOP OF BASIC
|
||
*
|
||
* FIRQ SERVICE ROUTINE
|
||
BFRQSV
|
||
RTI
|
||
*
|
||
* THESE BYTES ARE MOVED TO ADDRESSES $76 - $85 THE DIRECT PAGE
|
||
LA10D FCB 16 TAB FIELD WIDTH
|
||
FCB 64 LAST TAB ZONE
|
||
FCB 80 PRINTER WIDTH
|
||
FCB 0 LINE PRINTER POSITION
|
||
FDB LB44A ARGUMENT OF EXEC COMMAND - SET TO ‘FC’ ERROR
|
||
* LINE INPUT ROUTINE
|
||
INC CHARAD+1
|
||
BNE LA123
|
||
INC CHARAD
|
||
LA123 LDA >0000
|
||
JMP BROMHK
|
||
*
|
||
* THESE BYTES ARE MOVED TO ADDRESSES $A7-$B1
|
||
JMP BIRQSV IRQ SERVICE
|
||
JMP BFRQSV FIRQ SERVICE
|
||
JMP LB44A USR ADDRESS FOR 8K BASIC (INITIALIZED TO ‘FC’ ERROR)
|
||
FCB $80 *RANDOM SEED
|
||
FDB $4FC7 *RANDON SEED OF MANTISSA
|
||
FDB $5259 *.811635157
|
||
* BASIC COMMAND INTERPRETATION TABLE ROM IMAGE
|
||
COMVEC FCB 50 50 BASIC COMMANDS
|
||
FDB LAA66 POINTS TO RESERVED WORDS
|
||
FDB LAB67 POINTS TO JUMP TABLE FOR COMMANDS
|
||
FCB 29 29 BASIC SECONDARY COMMANDS
|
||
FDB LAB1A POINTS TO SECONDARY FUNCTION RESERVED WORDS
|
||
FDB LAA29 POINTS TO SECONDARY FUNCTION JUMP TABLE
|
||
FDB 0 NO MORE TABLES (RES WORDS=0)
|
||
FDB 0 NO MORE TABLES
|
||
FDB 0 NO MORE TABLES
|
||
FDB 0 NO MORE TABLES
|
||
FDB 0 NO MORE TABLES
|
||
FDB 0 NO MORE TABLES (SECONDARY FNS =0)
|
||
|
||
* COPYRIGHT MESSAGES
|
||
LA147 FCC "6809 EXTENDED BASIC"
|
||
FCB CR
|
||
FCC "(C) 1982 BY MICROSOFT"
|
||
LA156 FCB CR,CR
|
||
LA165 FCB $00
|
||
|
||
|
||
LA35F PSHS X,B,A SAVE REGISTERS
|
||
LDX LPTCFW TAB FIELD WIDTH AND TAB ZONE
|
||
LDD LPTWID PRINTER WIDTH AND POSITION
|
||
LA37C STX DEVCFW SAVE TAB FIELD WIDTH AND ZONE
|
||
STB DEVPOS SAVE PRINT POSITION
|
||
STA DEVWID SAVE PRINT WIDTH
|
||
PULS A,B,X,PC RESTORE REGISTERS
|
||
|
||
* THIS IS THE ROUTINE THAT GETS AN INPUT LINE FOR BASIC
|
||
* EXIT WITH BREAK KEY: CARRY = 1
|
||
* EXIT WITH ENTER KEY: CARRY = 0
|
||
LA38D
|
||
LA390 CLR IKEYIM RESET BREAK CHECK KEY TEMP KEY STORAGE
|
||
LDX #LINBUF+1 INPUT LINE BUFFER
|
||
LDB #1 ACCB CHAR COUNTER: SET TO 1 TO ALLOW A
|
||
* BACKSPACE AS FIRST CHARACTER
|
||
LA39A JSR LA171 GO GET A CHARACTER FROM CONSOLE IN
|
||
CMPA #BS BACKSPACE
|
||
BNE LA3B4 NO
|
||
DECB YES - DECREMENT CHAR COUNTER
|
||
BEQ LA390 BRANCH IF BACK AT START OF LINE AGAIN
|
||
LEAX -1,X DECREMENT BUFFER POINTER
|
||
BRA LA3E8 ECHO CHAR TO SCREEN
|
||
LA3B4 CMPA #$15 SHIFT RIGHT ARROW?
|
||
BNE LA3C2 NO
|
||
* YES, RESET BUFFER TO BEGINNING AND ERASE CURRENT LINE
|
||
LA3B8 DECB DEC CHAR CTR
|
||
BEQ LA390 GO BACK TO START IF CHAR CTR = 0
|
||
LDA #BS BACKSPACE?
|
||
JSR PUTCHR SEND TO CONSOLE OUT (SCREEN)
|
||
BRA LA3B8 KEEP GOING
|
||
LA3C2 CMPA #3 BREAK KEY?
|
||
ORCC #1 SET CARRY FLAG
|
||
BEQ LA3CD BRANCH IF BREAK KEY DOWN
|
||
LA3C8 CMPA #CR ENTER KEY?
|
||
BNE LA3D9 NO
|
||
LA3CC CLRA CLEAR CARRY FLAG IF ENTER KEY - END LINE ENTRY
|
||
LA3CD PSHS CC SAVE CARRY FLAG
|
||
JSR LB958 SEND CR TO SCREEN
|
||
CLR ,X MAKE LAST BYTE IN INPUT BUFFER = 0
|
||
LDX #LINBUF RESET INPUT BUFFER POINTER
|
||
PULS CC,PC RESTORE CARRY FLAG
|
||
|
||
* INSERT A CHARACTER INTO THE BASIC LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
LA3D9 CMPA #$20 IS IT CONTROL CHAR?
|
||
BLO LA39A BRANCH IF CONTROL CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #'z+1 *
|
||
BCC LA39A * IGNORE IF > LOWER CASE Z
|
||
CMPB #LBUFMX HAVE 250 OR MORE CHARACTERS BEEN ENTERED?
|
||
BCC LA39A YES, IGNORE ANY MORE
|
||
STA ,X+ PUT IT IN INPUT BUFFER
|
||
INCB INCREMENT CHARACTER COUNTER
|
||
LA3E8 JSR PUTCHR ECHO IT TO SCREEN
|
||
BRA LA39A GO SET SOME MORE
|
||
|
||
|
||
* EXEC
|
||
EXEC BEQ LA545 BRANCH IF NO ARGUMENT
|
||
JSR LB73D EVALUATE ARGUMENT - ARGUMENT RETURNED IN X
|
||
STX EXECJP STORE X TO EXEC JUMP ADDRESS
|
||
LA545 JMP [EXECJP] GO DO IT
|
||
|
||
* BREAK CHECK
|
||
LA549 JMP LADEB GO DO BREAK KEY CHECK
|
||
|
||
* INKEY$
|
||
INKEY LDA IKEYIM WAS A KEY DOWN IN THE BREAK CHECK?
|
||
BNE LA56B YES
|
||
JSR KEYIN GO GET A KEY
|
||
LA56B CLR IKEYIM CLEAR INKEY RAM IMAGE
|
||
STA FPA0+3 STORE THE KEY IN FPA0
|
||
LBNE LB68F CONVERT FPA0+3 TO A STRING
|
||
STA STRDES SET LENGTH OF STRING = 0 IF NO KEY DOWN
|
||
JMP LB69B PUT A NULL STRING ONTO THE STRING STACK
|
||
|
||
* MOVE ACCB BYTES FROM (X) TO (U)
|
||
LA59A LDA ,X+ GET BYTE FROM X
|
||
STA ,U+ STORE IT AT U
|
||
DECB MOVED ALL BYTES?
|
||
BNE LA59A NO
|
||
LA5A1 RTS
|
||
|
||
LA5C4 RTS
|
||
|
||
** THIS ROUTINE WILL SCAN OFF THE FILE NAME FROM A BASIC LINE
|
||
** AND RETURN A SYNTAX ERROR IF THERE ARE ANY CHARACTERS
|
||
** FOLLOWING THE END OF THE NAME
|
||
LA5C7 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHAR FROM BASIC LINE
|
||
LA5C9 BEQ LA5C4 RETURN IF END OF LINE
|
||
JMP LB277 SYNTAX ERROR IF ANY MORE CHARACTERS
|
||
* IRQ SERVICE
|
||
BIRQSV
|
||
LA9C5 RTI RETURN FROM INTERRUPT
|
||
|
||
* SET CARRY IF NUMERIC - RETURN WITH
|
||
* ZERO FLAG SET IF ACCA = 0 OR 3A(:) - END
|
||
* OF BASIC LINE OR SUB LINE
|
||
BROMHK CMPA #'9+1 IS THIS CHARACTER >=(ASCII 9)+1?
|
||
BHS LAA28 BRANCH IF > 9; Z SET IF = COLON
|
||
CMPA #SPACE SPACE?
|
||
BNE LAA24 NO - SET CARRY IF NUMERIC
|
||
JMP GETNCH IF SPACE, GET NECT CHAR (IGNORE SPACES)
|
||
LAA24 SUBA #'0 * SET CARRY IF
|
||
SUBA #-'0 * CHARACTER > ASCII 0
|
||
LAA28 RTS
|
||
|
||
* DISPATCH TABLE FOR SECONDARY FUNCTIONS
|
||
* TOKENS ARE PRECEEDED BY $FF
|
||
* FIRST SET ALWAYS HAS ONE PARAMETER
|
||
FUNC_TAB
|
||
LAA29 FDB SGN SGN
|
||
FDB INT INT
|
||
FDB ABS ABS
|
||
FDB USRJMP USR
|
||
TOK_USR EQU *-FUNC_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
TOK_FF_USR EQU *-FUNC_TAB/2+$FF7F
|
||
FDB RND RND
|
||
FDB SIN SIN
|
||
FDB PEEK PEEK
|
||
FDB LEN LEN
|
||
FDB STR STR$
|
||
FDB VAL VAL
|
||
FDB ASC ASC
|
||
FDB CHR CHR$
|
||
FDB ATN ATN
|
||
FDB COS COS
|
||
FDB TAN TAN
|
||
FDB EXP EXP
|
||
FDB FIX FIX
|
||
FDB LOG LOG
|
||
FDB POS POS
|
||
FDB SQR SQR
|
||
FDB HEXDOL HEX$
|
||
* LEFT, RIGHT AND MID ARE TREATED SEPARATELY
|
||
FDB LEFT LEFT$
|
||
TOK_LEFT EQU *-FUNC_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB RIGHT RIGHT$
|
||
FDB MID MID$
|
||
TOK_MID EQU *-FUNC_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
* REMAINING FUNCTIONS
|
||
FDB INKEY INKEY$
|
||
TOK_INKEY EQU *-FUNC_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB MEM MEM
|
||
FDB VARPT VARPTR
|
||
FDB INSTR INSTR
|
||
FDB STRING STRING$
|
||
NUM_SEC_FNS EQU *-FUNC_TAB/2
|
||
|
||
* THIS TABLE CONTAINS PRECEDENCES AND DISPATCH ADDRESSES FOR ARITHMETIC
|
||
* AND LOGICAL OPERATORS - THE NEGATION OPERATORS DO NOT ACT ON TWO OPERANDS
|
||
* S0 THEY ARE NOT LISTED IN THIS TABLE. THEY ARE TREATED SEPARATELY IN THE
|
||
* EXPRESSION EVALUATION ROUTINE. THEY ARE:
|
||
* UNARY NEGATION (-), PRECEDENCE &7D AND LOGICAL NEGATION (NOT), PRECEDENCE $5A
|
||
* THE RELATIONAL OPERATORS < > = ARE ALSO NOT LISTED, PRECEDENCE $64.
|
||
* A PRECEDENCE VALUE OF ZERO INDICATES END OF EXPRESSION OR PARENTHESES
|
||
*
|
||
LAA51 FCB $79
|
||
FDB LB9C5 +
|
||
FCB $79
|
||
FDB LB9BC -
|
||
FCB $7B
|
||
FDB LBACC *
|
||
FCB $7B
|
||
FDB LBB91 /
|
||
FCB $7F
|
||
FDB L8489 EXPONENTIATION
|
||
FCB $50
|
||
FDB LB2D5 AND
|
||
FCB $46
|
||
FDB LB2D4 OR
|
||
|
||
* THIS IS THE RESERVED WORD TABLE
|
||
* FIRST PART OF THE TABLE CONTAINS EXECUTABLE COMMANDS
|
||
LAA66 FCC "FO" 80
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCC "G" 81
|
||
FCB $80+'O'
|
||
TOK_GO EQU $81
|
||
FCC "RE" 82
|
||
FCB $80+'M'
|
||
FCB ''+$80 83
|
||
FCC "ELS" 84
|
||
FCB $80+'E'
|
||
FCC "I" 85
|
||
FCB $80+'F'
|
||
FCC "DAT" 86
|
||
FCB $80+'A'
|
||
FCC "PRIN" 87
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
FCC "O" 88
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "INPU" 89
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
FCC "EN" 8A
|
||
FCB $80+'D'
|
||
FCC "NEX" 8B
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
FCC "DI" 8C
|
||
FCB $80+'M'
|
||
FCC "REA" 8D
|
||
FCB $80+'D'
|
||
FCC "RU" 8E
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "RESTOR" 8F
|
||
FCB $80+'E'
|
||
FCC "RETUR" 90
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "STO" 91
|
||
FCB $80+'P'
|
||
FCC "POK" 92
|
||
FCB $80+'E'
|
||
FCC "CON" 93
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
FCC "LIS" 94
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
FCC "CLEA" 95
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCC "NE" 96
|
||
FCB $80+'W'
|
||
FCC "EXE" 97
|
||
FCB $80+'C'
|
||
FCC "TRO" 98
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "TROF" 99
|
||
FCB $80+'F'
|
||
FCC "DE" 9A
|
||
FCB $80+'L'
|
||
FCC "DE" 9B
|
||
FCB $80+'F'
|
||
FCC "LIN" 9C
|
||
FCB $80+'E'
|
||
FCC "RENU" 9D
|
||
FCB $80+'M'
|
||
FCC "EDI" 9E
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
* END OF EXECUTABLE COMMANDS. THE REMAINDER OF THE TABLE ARE NON-EXECUTABLE TOKENS
|
||
FCC "TAB" 9F
|
||
FCB $80+'('
|
||
TOK_TAB EQU $9F
|
||
FCC "T" A0
|
||
FCB $80+'O'
|
||
TOK_TO EQU $A0
|
||
FCC "SU" A1
|
||
FCB $80+'B'
|
||
TOK_SUB EQU $A1
|
||
FCC "THE" A2
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
TOK_THEN EQU $A2
|
||
FCC "NO" A3
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
TOK_NOT EQU $A3
|
||
FCC "STE" A4
|
||
FCB $80+'P'
|
||
TOK_STEP EQU $A4
|
||
FCC "OF" A5
|
||
FCB $80+'F'
|
||
FCB '++$80 A6
|
||
TOK_PLUS EQU $A6
|
||
FCB '-+$80 A7
|
||
TOK_MINUS EQU $A7
|
||
FCB '*+$80 A8
|
||
FCB '/+$80 A9
|
||
FCB '^+$80 AA
|
||
FCC "AN" AB
|
||
FCB $80+'D'
|
||
FCC "O" AC
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCB '>+$80 AD
|
||
TOK_GREATER EQU $AD
|
||
FCB '=+$80 AE
|
||
TOK_EQUALS EQU $AE
|
||
FCB '<+$80 AF
|
||
FCC "F" B0
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
TOK_FN EQU $B0
|
||
FCC "USIN" B1
|
||
FCB $80+'G'
|
||
TOK_USING EQU $B1
|
||
*
|
||
|
||
* FIRST SET ALWAYS HAS ONE PARAMETER
|
||
LAB1A FCC "SG" 80
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "IN" 81
|
||
FCB $80+'T'
|
||
FCC "AB" 82
|
||
FCB $80+'S'
|
||
FCC "US" 83
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCC "RN" 84
|
||
FCB $80+'D'
|
||
FCC "SI" 85
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "PEE" 86
|
||
FCB $80+'K'
|
||
FCC "LE" 87
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "STR" 88
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
FCC "VA" 89
|
||
FCB $80+'L'
|
||
FCC "AS" 8A
|
||
FCB $80+'C'
|
||
FCC "CHR" 8B
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
FCC "AT" 8C
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "CO" 8D
|
||
FCB $80+'S'
|
||
FCC "TA" 8E
|
||
FCB $80+'N'
|
||
FCC "EX" 8F
|
||
FCB $80+'P'
|
||
FCC "FI" 90
|
||
FCB $80+'X'
|
||
FCC "LO" 91
|
||
FCB $80+'G'
|
||
FCC "PO" 92
|
||
FCB $80+'S'
|
||
FCC "SQ" 93
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCC "HEX" 94
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
* LEFT, RIGHT AND MID ARE TREATED SEPARATELY
|
||
FCC "LEFT" 95
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
FCC "RIGHT" 96
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
FCC "MID" 97
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
* REMAINING FUNCTIONS
|
||
FCC "INKEY" 98
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
FCC "ME" 99
|
||
FCB $80+'M'
|
||
FCC "VARPT" 9A
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCC "INST" 9B
|
||
FCB $80+'R'
|
||
FCC "STRING" 9C
|
||
FCB $80+'$'
|
||
|
||
*
|
||
* DISPATCH TABLE FOR COMMANDS TOKEN #
|
||
CMD_TAB
|
||
LAB67 FDB FOR 80
|
||
FDB GO 81
|
||
FDB REM 82
|
||
TOK_REM EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB REM 83 (')
|
||
TOK_SNGL_Q EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB REM 84 (ELSE)
|
||
TOK_ELSE EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB IF 85
|
||
TOK_IF EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB DATA 86
|
||
TOK_DATA EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB PRINT 87
|
||
TOK_PRINT EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB ON 88
|
||
FDB INPUT 89
|
||
TOK_INPUT EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
FDB END 8A
|
||
FDB NEXT 8B
|
||
FDB DIM 8C
|
||
FDB READ 8D
|
||
FDB RUN 8E
|
||
FDB RESTOR 8F
|
||
FDB RETURN 90
|
||
FDB STOP 91
|
||
FDB POKE 92
|
||
FDB CONT 93
|
||
FDB LIST 94
|
||
FDB CLEAR 95
|
||
FDB NEW 96
|
||
FDB EXEC 97
|
||
FDB TRON 98
|
||
FDB TROFF 99
|
||
FDB DEL 9A
|
||
FDB DEF 9B
|
||
FDB LINE 9C
|
||
FDB RENUM 9D
|
||
FDB EDIT 9E
|
||
TOK_HIGH_EXEC EQU *-CMD_TAB/2+$7F
|
||
|
||
* ERROR MESSAGES AND THEIR NUMBERS AS USED INTERNALLY
|
||
LABAF FCC "NF" 0 NEXT WITHOUT FOR
|
||
FCC "SN" 1 SYNTAX ERROR
|
||
FCC "RG" 2 RETURN WITHOUT GOSUB
|
||
FCC "OD" 3 OUT OF DATA
|
||
FCC "FC" 4 ILLEGAL FUNCTION CALL
|
||
FCC "OV" 5 OVERFLOW
|
||
FCC "OM" 6 OUT OF MEMORY
|
||
FCC "UL" 7 UNDEFINED LINE NUMBER
|
||
FCC "BS" 8 BAD SUBSCRIPT
|
||
FCC "DD" 9 REDIMENSIONED ARRAY
|
||
FCC "/0" 10 DIVISION BY ZERO
|
||
FCC "ID" 11 ILLEGAL DIRECT STATEMENT
|
||
FCC "TM" 12 TYPE MISMATCH
|
||
FCC "OS" 13 OUT OF STRING SPACE
|
||
FCC "LS" 14 STRING TOO LONG
|
||
FCC "ST" 15 STRING FORMULA TOO COMPLEX
|
||
FCC "CN" 16 CAN'T CONTINUE
|
||
FCC "FD" 17 BAD FILE DATA
|
||
FCC "AO" 18 FILE ALREADY OPEN
|
||
FCC "DN" 19 DEVICE NUMBER ERROR
|
||
FCC "IO" 20 I/O ERROR
|
||
FCC "FM" 21 BAD FILE MODE
|
||
FCC "NO" 22 FILE NOT OPEN
|
||
FCC "IE" 23 INPUT PAST END OF FILE
|
||
FCC "DS" 24 DIRECT STATEMENT IN FILE
|
||
* ADDITIONAL ERROR MESSAGES ADDED BY EXTENDED BASIC
|
||
L890B FCC "UF" 25 UNDEFINED FUNCTION (FN) CALL
|
||
L890D FCC "NE" 26 FILE NOT FOUND
|
||
|
||
LABE1 FCC " ERROR"
|
||
FCB $00
|
||
LABE8 FCC " IN "
|
||
FCB $00
|
||
LABED FCB CR
|
||
LABEE FCC "OK"
|
||
FCB CR,$00
|
||
LABF2 FCB CR
|
||
FCC "BREAK"
|
||
FCB $00
|
||
|
||
* SEARCH THE STACK FOR ‘GOSUB/RETURN’ OR ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA.
|
||
* THE ‘FOR/NEXT’ INDEX VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS BEING
|
||
* SOUGHT IS STORED IN VARDES. EACH BLOCK OF FOR/NEXT DATA IS 18
|
||
* BYTES WITH A $80 LEADER BYTE AND THE GOSUB/RETURN DATA IS 5 BYTES
|
||
* WITH AN $A6 LEADER BYTE. THE FIRST NON "FOR/NEXT" DATA
|
||
* IS CONSIDERED ‘GOSUB/RETURN’
|
||
LABF9 LEAX 4,S POINT X TO 3RD ADDRESS ON STACK - IGNORE THE
|
||
* FIRST TWO RETURN ADDRESSES ON THE STACK
|
||
LABFB LDB #18 18 BYTES SAVED ON STACK FOR EACH ‘FOR’ LOOP
|
||
STX TEMPTR SAVE POINTER
|
||
LDA ,X GET 1ST BYTE
|
||
SUBA #$80 * CHECK FOR TYPE OF STACK JUMP FOUND
|
||
BNE LAC1A * BRANCH IF NOT ‘FOR/NEXT’
|
||
LDX 1,X = GET INDEX VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STX TMPTR1 = POINTER AND SAVE IT IN TMPTR1
|
||
LDX VARDES GET INDEX VARIABLE BEING SEARCHED FOR
|
||
BEQ LAC16 BRANCH IF DEFAULT INDEX VARIABLE - USE THE
|
||
* FIRST ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA FOUND ON STACK
|
||
* IF NO INDEX VARIABLE AFTER ‘NEXT’
|
||
CMPX TMPTR1 DOES THE STACK INDEX MATCH THE ONE
|
||
* BEING SEARCHED FOR?
|
||
BEQ LAC1A YES
|
||
LDX TEMPTR * RESTORE INITIAL POINTER, ADD
|
||
ABX * 18 TO IT AND LOOK FOR
|
||
BRA LABFB * NEXT BLOCK OF DATA
|
||
LAC16 LDX TMPTR1 = GET 1ST INDEX VARIABLE FOUND AND
|
||
STX VARDES = SAVE AS ‘NEXT’ INDEX
|
||
LAC1A LDX TEMPTR POINT X TO START OF ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA
|
||
TSTA SET ZERO FLAG IF ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA
|
||
RTS
|
||
* CHECK FOR MEMORY SPACE FOR NEW TOP OF
|
||
* ARRAYS AND MOVE ARRAYS TO NEW LOCATION
|
||
LAC1E BSR LAC37 ACCD = NEW BOTTOM OF FREE RAM - IS THERE
|
||
* ROOM FOR THE STACK?
|
||
* MOVE BYTES FROM V43(X) TO V41(U) UNTIL (X) = V47 AND
|
||
* SAVE FINAL VALUE OF U IN V45
|
||
LAC20 LDU V41 POINT U TO DESTINATION ADDRESS (V41)
|
||
LEAU 1,U ADD ONE TO U - COMPENSATE FOR FIRST PSHU
|
||
LDX V43 POINT X TO SOURCE ADDRESS (V43)
|
||
LEAX 1,X ADD ONE - COMPENSATE FOR FIRST LDA ,X
|
||
LAC28 LDA ,-X GRAB A BYTE FROM SOURCE
|
||
PSHU A MOVE IT TO DESTINATION
|
||
CMPX V47 DONE?
|
||
BNE LAC28 NO - KEEP MOVING BYTES
|
||
STU V45 SAVE FINAL DESTINATION ADDRESS
|
||
LAC32 RTS
|
||
* CHECK TO SEE IF THERE IS ROOM TO STORE 2*ACCB
|
||
* BYTES IN FREE RAM - OM ERROR IF NOT
|
||
LAC33 CLRA * ACCD CONTAINS NUMBER OF EXTRA
|
||
ASLB * BYTES TO PUT ON STACK
|
||
ADDD ARYEND END OF PROGRAM AND VARIABLES
|
||
LAC37 ADDD #STKBUF ADD STACK BUFFER - ROOM FOR STACK?
|
||
BCS LAC44 BRANCH IF GREATER THAN $FFFF
|
||
STS BOTSTK CURRENT NEW BOTTOM OF STACK STACK POINTER
|
||
CMPD BOTSTK ARE WE GOING TO BE BELOW STACK?
|
||
BCS LAC32 YES - NO ERROR
|
||
LAC44 LDB #6*2 OUT OF MEMORY ERROR
|
||
|
||
* ERROR SERVICING ROUTINE
|
||
LAC46 JSR LAD33 RESET STACK, STRING STACK, CONTINUE POINTER
|
||
JSR LB95C SEND A CR TO SCREEN
|
||
JSR LB9AF SEND A ‘?‘ TO SCREEN
|
||
LDX #LABAF POINT TO ERROR TABLE
|
||
LAC60 ABX ADD MESSAGE NUMBER OFFSET
|
||
BSR LACA0 * GET TWO CHARACTERS FROM X AND
|
||
BSR LACA0 * SEND TO CONSOLE OUT (SCREEN)
|
||
LDX #LABE1-1 POINT TO "ERROR" MESSAGE
|
||
LAC68 JSR LB99C PRINT MESSAGE POINTED TO BY X
|
||
LDA CURLIN GET CURRENT LINE NUMBER (CURL IN)
|
||
INCA TEST FOR DIRECT MODE
|
||
BEQ LAC73 BRANCH IF DIRECT MODE
|
||
JSR LBDC5 PRINT ‘IN ****‘
|
||
|
||
* THIS IS THE MAIN LOOP OF BASIC WHEN IN DIRECT MODE
|
||
LAC73 JSR LB95C MOVE CURSOR TO START OF LINE
|
||
LDX #LABED POINT X TO ‘OK’, CR MESSAGE
|
||
JSR LB99C PRINT ‘OK’, CR
|
||
LAC7C JSR LA390 GO GET AN INPUT LINE
|
||
LDU #$FFFF THE LINE NUMBER FOR DIRECT MODE IS $FFFF
|
||
STU CURLIN SAVE IT IN CURLIN
|
||
BCS LAC7C BRANCH IF LINE INPUT TERMINATED BY BREAK
|
||
STX CHARAD SAVE (X) AS CURRENT INPUT POINTER - THIS WILL
|
||
* ENABLE THE ‘LIVE KEYBOARD’ (DIRECT) MODE. THE
|
||
* LINE JUST ENTERED WILL BE INTERPRETED
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BEQ LAC7C NO LINE INPUT - GET ANOTHER LINE
|
||
BCS LACA5 BRANCH IF NUMER1C - THERE WAS A LINE NUMBER BEFORE
|
||
* THE STATEMENT ENTERED, SO THIS STATEMENT
|
||
* WILL BE MERGED INTO THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
JSR LB821 GO CRUNCH LINE
|
||
JMP LADC0 GO EXECUTE THE STATEMENT (LIVE KEYBOARD)
|
||
*
|
||
LACA0 LDA ,X+ GET A CHARACTER
|
||
JMP LB9B1 SEND TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
* TAKE A LINE FROM THE LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
* AND INSERT IT INTO THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LACA5 JSR LAF67 CONVERT LINE NUMBER TO BINARY
|
||
LACA8 LDX BINVAL GET CONVERTED LINE NUMBER
|
||
STX LINHDR STORE IT IN LINE INPUT HEADER
|
||
JSR LB821 GO CRUNCH THE LINE
|
||
STB TMPLOC SAVE LINE LENGTH
|
||
BSR LAD01 FIND OUT WHERE TO INSERT LINE
|
||
BCS LACC8 BRANCH IF LINE NUMBER DOES NOT ALREADY EXIST
|
||
LDD V47 GET ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
SUBD ,X SUBTRACT ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE NUMBER
|
||
ADDD VARTAB * ADD TO CURRENT END OF PROGRAM - THIS WILL REMOVE
|
||
STD VARTAB * THE LENGTH OF THIS LINE NUMBER FROM THE PROGRAM
|
||
LDU ,X POINT U TO ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE NUMBER
|
||
* DELETE OLD LINE FROM BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LACC0 PULU A GET A BYTE FROM WHAT’S LEFT OF PROGRAM
|
||
STA ,X+ MOVE IT DOWN
|
||
CMPX VARTAB COMPARE TO END OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
BNE LACC0 BRANCH IF NOT AT END
|
||
LACC8 LDA LINBUF * CHECK TO SEE IF THERE IS A LINE IN
|
||
BEQ LACE9 * THE BUFFER AND BRANCH IF NONE
|
||
LDD VARTAB = SAVE CURRENT END OF
|
||
STD V43 = PROGRAM IN V43
|
||
ADDB TMPLOC * ADD LENGTH OF CRUNCHED LINE,
|
||
ADCA #0 * PROPOGATE CARRY AND SAVE NEW END
|
||
STD V41 * OF PROGRAM IN V41
|
||
JSR LAC1E = MAKE SURE THERE’S ENOUGH RAM FOR THIS
|
||
* = LINE & MAKE A HOLE IN BASIC FOR NEW LINE
|
||
LDU #LINHDR-2 POINT U TO LINE TO BE INSERTED
|
||
LACDD PULU A GET A BYTE FROM NEW LINE
|
||
STA ,X+ INSERT IT IN PROGRAM
|
||
CMPX V45 * COMPARE TO ADDRESS OF END OF INSERTED
|
||
BNE LACDD * LINE AND BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
LDX V41 = GET AND SAVE
|
||
STX VARTAB = END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LACE9 BSR LAD21 RESET INPUT POINTER, CLEAR VARIABLES, INITIALIZE
|
||
BSR LACEF ADJUST START OF NEXT LINE ADDRESSES
|
||
BRA LAC7C REENTER BASIC’S INPUT LOOP
|
||
* COMPUTE THE START OF NEXT LINE ADDRESSES FOR THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LACEF LDX TXTTAB POINT X TO START OF PROGRAM
|
||
LACF1 LDD ,X GET ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE
|
||
BEQ LAD16 RETURN IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LEAU 4,X POINT U TO START OF BASIC TEXT IN LINE
|
||
LACF7 LDA ,U+ * SKIP THROUGH THE LINE UNTIL A
|
||
BNE LACF7 * ZERO (END OF LINE) IS FOUND
|
||
STU ,X SAVE THE NEW START OF NEXT LINE ADDRESS
|
||
LDX ,X POINT X TO START OF NEXT LINE
|
||
BRA LACF1 KEEP GOING
|
||
*
|
||
* FIND A LINE NUMBER IN THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
* RETURN WITH CARRY SET IF NO MATCH FOUND
|
||
LAD01 LDD BINVAL GET THE LINE NUMBER TO FIND
|
||
LDX TXTTAB BEGINNING OF PROGRAM
|
||
LAD05 LDU ,X GET ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE NUMBER
|
||
BEQ LAD12 BRANCH IF END OF PROG
|
||
CMPD 2,X IS IT A MATCH?
|
||
BLS LAD14 CARRY SET IF LOWER; CARRY CLEAR IF MATCH
|
||
LDX ,X X = ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE
|
||
BRA LAD05 KEEP LOOPING FOR LINE NUMBER
|
||
LAD12 ORCC #1 SET CARRY FLAG
|
||
LAD14 STX V47 SAVE MATCH LINE NUMBER OR NUMBER OF LINE JUST AFTER
|
||
* WHERE IT SHOULD HAVE BEEN
|
||
LAD16 RTS
|
||
|
||
* NEW
|
||
NEW BNE LAD14 BRANCH IF ARGUMENT GIVEN
|
||
LAD19 LDX TXTTAB GET START OF BASIC
|
||
CLR ,X+ * PUT 2 ZERO BYTES THERE - ERASE
|
||
CLR ,X+ * THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
STX VARTAB AND THE NEXT ADDRESS IS NOW THE END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LAD21 LDX TXTTAB GET START OF BASIC
|
||
JSR LAEBB PUT INPUT POINTER ONE BEFORE START OF BASIC
|
||
* ERASE ALL VARIABLES
|
||
LAD26 LDX MEMSIZ * RESET START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
STX STRTAB * TO TOP OF STRING SPACE
|
||
JSR RESTOR RESET ‘DATA’ POINTER TO START OF BASIC
|
||
LDX VARTAB * GET START OF VARIABLES AND USE IT
|
||
STX ARYTAB * TO RESET START OF ARRAYS
|
||
STX ARYEND RESET END OF ARRAYS
|
||
LAD33 LDX #STRSTK * RESET STRING STACK POINTER TO
|
||
STX TEMPPT * BOTTOM OF STRING STACK
|
||
LDX ,S GET RETURN ADDRESS OFF STACK
|
||
LDS FRETOP RESTORE STACK POINTER
|
||
CLR ,-S PUT A ZERO BYTE ON STACK - TO CLEAR ANY RETURN OF
|
||
* FOR/NEXT DATA FROM THE STACK
|
||
CLR OLDPTR RESET ‘CONT’ ADDRESS SO YOU
|
||
CLR OLDPTR+1 ‘CAN’T CONTINUE’
|
||
CLR ARYDIS CLEAR THE ARRAY DISABLE FLAG
|
||
JMP ,X RETURN TO CALLING ROUTINE - THIS IS NECESSARY
|
||
* SINCE THE STACK WAS RESET
|
||
*
|
||
* FOR
|
||
*
|
||
* THE FOR COMMAND WILL STORE 18 BYTES ON THE STACK FOR
|
||
* EACH FOR-NEXT LOOP WHICH IS BEING PROCESSED. THESE
|
||
* BYTES ARE DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: 0- $80 (FOR FLAG);
|
||
* 1,2=INDEX VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR POINTER; 3-7=FP VALUE OF STEP;
|
||
* 8=STEP DIRECTION: $FF IF NEGATIVE; 0 IF ZERO; 1 IF POSITIVE;
|
||
* 9-13=FP VALUE OF ‘TO’ PARAMETER;
|
||
* 14,15=CURRENT LINE NUMBER; 16,17=RAM ADDRESS OF THE END
|
||
* OF THE LINE CONTAINING THE ‘FOR’ STATEMENT
|
||
FOR LDA #$80 * SAVE THE DISABLE ARRAY FLAG IN VO8
|
||
STA ARYDIS * DO NOT ALLOW THE INDEX VARIABLE TO BE AN ARRAY
|
||
JSR LET SET INDEX VARIABLE TO INITIAL VALUE
|
||
JSR LABF9 SEARCH THE STACK FOR ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA
|
||
LEAS 2,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
BNE LAD59 BRANCH IF INDEX VARIABLE NOT ALREADY BEING USED
|
||
LDX TEMPTR GET (ADDRESS + 18) OF MATCHED ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA
|
||
LEAS B,X MOVE THE STACK POINTER TO THE BEGINNING OF THE
|
||
* MATCHED ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA SO THE NEW DATA WILL
|
||
* OVERLAY THE OLD DATA. THIS WILL ALSO DESTROY
|
||
* ALL OF THE ‘RETURN’ AND ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA BELOW
|
||
* THIS POINT ON THE STACK
|
||
LAD59 LDB #$09 * CHECK FOR ROOM FOR 18 BYTES
|
||
JSR LAC33 * IN FREE RAM
|
||
JSR LAEE8 GET ADDR OF END OF SUBLINE IN X
|
||
LDD CURLIN GET CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
PSHS X,B,A SAVE LINE ADDR AND LINE NUMBER ON STACK
|
||
LDB #TOK_TO TOKEN FOR ‘TO’
|
||
JSR LB26F SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘TO’
|
||
JSR LB143 ‘TM’ ERROR IF INDEX VARIABLE SET TO STRING
|
||
JSR LB141 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
*
|
||
LDB FP0SGN GET FPA0 MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
ORB #$7F FORM A MASK TO SAVE DATA BITS OF HIGH ORDER MANTISSA
|
||
ANDB FPA0 PUT THE MANTISSA SIGN IN BIT 7 OF HIGH ORDER MANTISSA
|
||
STB FPA0 SAVE THE PACKED HIGH ORDER MANTISSA
|
||
LDY #LAD7F LOAD FOLLOWING ADDRESS INTO Y AS A RETURN
|
||
JMP LB1EA ADDRESS - PUSH FPA0 ONTO THE STACK
|
||
LAD7F LDX #LBAC5 POINT X TO FLOATING POINT NUMBER 1.0 (DEFAULT STEP VALUE)
|
||
JSR LBC14 MOVE (X) TO FPA0
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #TOK_STEP STEP TOKEN
|
||
BNE LAD90 BRANCH IF NO ‘STEP’ VALUE
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
JSR LB141 EVALUATE NUMERIC EXPRESSION
|
||
LAD90 JSR LBC6D CHECK STATUS OF FPA0
|
||
JSR LB1E6 SAVE STATUS AND FPA0 ON THE STACK
|
||
LDD VARDES * GET DESCRIPTOR POINTER FOR THE ‘STEP’
|
||
PSHS B,A * VARIABLE AND SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
LDA #$80 = GET THE ‘FOR’ FLAG AND
|
||
PSHS A = SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
*
|
||
* MAIN COMMAND INTERPRETATION LOOP
|
||
LAD9E ANDCC #$AF ENABLE IRQ,FIRQ
|
||
BSR LADEB CHECK FOR KEYBOARD BREAK
|
||
LDX CHARAD GET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
STX TINPTR SAVE IT
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET CURRENT INPUT CHAR & MOVE POINTER
|
||
BEQ LADB4 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA #': CHECK FOR LINE SEPARATOR
|
||
BEQ LADC0 BRANCH IF COLON
|
||
LADB1 JMP LB277 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’-IF NOT LINE SEPARATOR
|
||
LADB4 LDA ,X++ GET MS BYTE OF ADDRESS OF NEXT BASIC LINE
|
||
STA ENDFLG SAVE IN STOP/END FLAG - CAUSE A STOP IF
|
||
* NEXT LINE ADDRESS IS < $8000; CAUSE
|
||
* AN END IF ADDRESS > $8000
|
||
BEQ LAE15 BRANCH TO ‘STOP’ - END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LDD ,X+ GET CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
STD CURLIN SAVE IN CURLIN
|
||
STX CHARAD SAVE ADDRESS OF FIRST BYTE OF LINE
|
||
* EXTENDED BASIC TRACE
|
||
LDA TRCFLG TEST THE TRACE FLAG
|
||
BEQ LADC0 BRANCH IF TRACE OFF
|
||
LDA #$5B <LEFT HAND MARKER FOR TRON LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR PUTCHR OUTPUT A CHARACTER
|
||
LDA CURLIN GET MS BYTE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LBDCC CONVERT ACCD TO DECIMAL AND PRINT ON SCREEN
|
||
LDA #$5D > RIGHT HAND MARKER FOR TRON LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR PUTCHR OUTPUT A CHARACTER
|
||
* END OF EXTENDED BASIC TRACE
|
||
LADC0 JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BSR LADC6 GO PROCESS COMMAND
|
||
BRA LAD9E GO BACK TO MAIN LOOP
|
||
LADC6 BEQ LADEA RETURN IF END OF LINE (RTS - was BEQ LAE40)
|
||
TSTA CHECK FOR TOKEN - BIT 7 SET (NEGATIVE)
|
||
LBPL LET BRANCH IF NOT A TOKEN - GO DO A ‘LET’ WHICH
|
||
* IS THE ‘DEFAULT’ TOKEN FOR MICROSOFT BASIC
|
||
CMPA #$FF SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
BEQ SECTOK
|
||
CMPA #TOK_HIGH_EXEC SKIPF TOKEN - HIGHEST EXECUTABLE COMMAND IN BASIC
|
||
BHI LADB1 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’ IF NON-EXECUTABLE TOKEN
|
||
LDX COMVEC+3 GET ADDRESS OF BASIC’S COMMAND TABLE
|
||
LADD4 ASLA X2 (2 BYTE/JUMP ADDRESS) & DISCARD BIT 7
|
||
TFR A,B SAVE COMMAND OFFSET IN ACCB
|
||
ABX NON X POINTS TO COMMAND JUMP ADDR
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHAR
|
||
*
|
||
* HERE IS WHERE WE BRANCH TO DO A ‘COMMAND’
|
||
JMP [,X] GO DO A COMMAND
|
||
SECTOK
|
||
* THE ONLY SECONDARY TOKEN THAT CAN ALSO BE AN EXECUTABLE IS
|
||
* THE MID$ REPLACEMENT STATEMENT. SO SPECIAL-CASE CHECK DONE HERE
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHAR
|
||
CMPA #TOK_MID TOKEN FOR "MID$"
|
||
LBEQ L86D6 PROCESS MID$ REPLACEMENT
|
||
JMP LB277 SYNTAX ERROR
|
||
|
||
*
|
||
* RESTORE
|
||
RESTOR LDX TXTTAB BEGINNING OF PROGRAM ADDRESS
|
||
LEAX -1,X MOVE TO ONE BYTE BEFORE PROGRAM
|
||
LADE8 STX DATPTR SAVE NEW DATA POINTER
|
||
LADEA RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* BREAK CHECK
|
||
LADEB JSR LA1C1 GET A KEYSTROKE ENTRY
|
||
BEQ LADFA RETURN IF NO INPUT
|
||
LADF0 CMPA #3 CONTROL C? (BREAK)
|
||
BEQ STOP YES
|
||
CMPA #$13 CONTROL S? (PAUSE)
|
||
BEQ LADFB YES
|
||
STA IKEYIM SAVE KEYSTROKE IN INKEY IMAGE
|
||
LADFA RTS
|
||
LADFB JSR KEYIN GET A KEY
|
||
BEQ LADFB BRANCH IF NO KEY DOWN
|
||
BRA LADF0 CONTINUE - DO A BREAK CHECK
|
||
*
|
||
* END
|
||
END JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHAR
|
||
BRA LAE0B
|
||
*
|
||
* STOP
|
||
STOP ORCC #$01 SET CARRY FLAG
|
||
LAE0B BNE LAE40 BRANCH IF ARGUMENT EXISTS
|
||
LDX CHARAD * SAVE CURRENT POSITION OF
|
||
STX TINPTR * BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
LAE11 ROR ENDFLG ROTATE CARRY INTO BIT 7 OF STOP/END FLAG
|
||
LEAS 2,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS OFF STACK
|
||
LAE15 LDX CURLIN GET CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
CMPX #$FFFF DIRECT MODE?
|
||
BEQ LAE22 YES
|
||
STX OLDTXT SAVE CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
LDX TINPTR * GET AND SAVE CURRENT POSITION
|
||
STX OLDPTR * OF BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
LAE22
|
||
LDX #LABF2-1 POINT TO CR, ‘BREAK’ MESSAGE
|
||
TST ENDFLG CHECK STOP/END FLAG
|
||
LBPL LAC73 BRANCH TO MAIN LOOP OF BASIC IF END
|
||
JMP LAC68 PRINT ‘BREAK AT ####’ AND GO TO
|
||
* BASIC’S MAIN LOOP IF ‘STOP’
|
||
|
||
* CONT
|
||
CONT BNE LAE40 RETURN IF ARGUMENT GIVEN
|
||
LDB #2*16 ‘CAN’T CONTINUE’ ERROR
|
||
LDX OLDPTR GET CONTINUE ADDRESS (INPUT POINTER)
|
||
LBEQ LAC46 ‘CN’ ERROR IF CONTINUE ADDRESS = 0
|
||
STX CHARAD RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
LDX OLDTXT GET LINE NUMBER
|
||
STX CURLIN RESET CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
LAE40 RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* CLEAR
|
||
CLEAR BEQ LAE6F BRANCH IF NO ARGUMENT
|
||
JSR LB3E6 EVALUATE ARGUMENT
|
||
PSHS B,A SAVE AMOUNT OF STRING SPACE ON STACK
|
||
LDX MEMSIZ GET CURRENT TOP OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LAE5A BRANCH IF NO NEW TOP OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
JSR LB73D EVALUATE EXPRESSlON; RETURN VALUE IN X
|
||
LEAX -1,X X = TOP OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
CMPX TOPRAM COMPARE TO TOP OF RAM
|
||
BHI LAE72 ‘OM’ ERROR IF > TOP OF RAM
|
||
LAE5A TFR X,D ACCD = TOP OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
SUBD ,S++ SUBTRACT OUT AMOUNT OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
BCS LAE72 ‘OM’ ERROR IF FREE MEM < 0
|
||
TFR D,U U = BOTTOM OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
SUBD #STKBUF SUBTRACT OUT STACK BUFFER
|
||
BCS LAE72 ‘OM’ ERROR IF FREE MEM < 0
|
||
SUBD VARTAB SUBTRACT OUT START OF VARIABLES
|
||
BCS LAE72 ‘OM’ ERROR IF FREE MEM < 0
|
||
STU FRETOP SAVE NEW BOTTOM OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
STX MEMSIZ SAVE NEW TOP OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
LAE6F JMP LAD26 ERASE ALL VARIABLES, INITIALIZE POINTERS, ETC
|
||
LAE72 JMP LAC44 ‘OM’ ERROR
|
||
*
|
||
* RUN
|
||
RUN JSR GETCCH * GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LBEQ LAD21 * IF NO LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LAD26 ERASE ALL VARIABLES
|
||
BRA LAE9F ‘GOTO’ THE RUN ADDRESS
|
||
*
|
||
* GO
|
||
GO TFR A,B SAVE INPUT CHARACTER IN ACCB
|
||
LAE88 JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPB #TOK_TO ‘TO’ TOKEN
|
||
BEQ LAEA4 BRANCH IF GOTO
|
||
CMPB #TOK_SUB ‘SUB’ TOKEN
|
||
BNE LAED7 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’ IF NEITHER
|
||
LDB #3 =ROOM FOR 6
|
||
JSR LAC33 =BYTES ON STACK?
|
||
LDU CHARAD * SAVE CURRENT BASIC INPUT POINTER, LINE
|
||
LDX CURLIN * NUMBER AND SUB TOKEN ON STACK
|
||
LDA #TOK_SUB *
|
||
PSHS U,X,A *
|
||
LAE9F BSR LAEA4 GO DO A ‘GOTO’
|
||
JMP LAD9E JUMP BACK TO BASIC’S MAIN LOOP
|
||
* GOTO
|
||
LAEA4 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHAR
|
||
JSR LAF67 GET LINE NUMBER TO BINARY IN BINVAL
|
||
BSR LAEEB ADVANCE BASIC’S POINTER TO END OF LINE
|
||
LEAX $01,X POINT TO START OF NEXT LINE
|
||
LDD BINVAL GET THE LINE NUMBER TO RUN
|
||
CMPD CURLIN COMPARE TO CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
BHI LAEB6 IF REO’D LINE NUMBER IS > CURRENT LINE NUMBER,
|
||
* DON’T START LOOKING FROM
|
||
* START OF PROGRAM
|
||
LDX TXTTAB BEGINNING OF PROGRAM
|
||
LAEB6 JSR LAD05 GO FIND A LINE NUMBER
|
||
BCS LAED2 ‘UNDEFINED LINE NUMBER’
|
||
LAEBB LEAX -1,X MOVE BACK TO JUST BEFORE START OF LINE
|
||
STX CHARAD RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
LAEBF RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* RETURN
|
||
RETURN BNE LAEBF EXIT ROUTINE IF ARGUMENT GIVEN
|
||
LDA #$FF * PUT AN ILLEGAL VARIABLE NAME IN FIRST BYTE OF
|
||
STA VARDES * VARDES WHICH WILL CAUSE ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA ON THE
|
||
* STACK TO BE IGNORED
|
||
JSR LABF9 CHECK FOR RETURN DATA ON THE STACK
|
||
TFR X,S RESET STACK POINTER - PURGE TWO RETURN ADDRESSES
|
||
* FROM THE STACK
|
||
CMPA #TOK_SUB-$80 SUB TOKEN - $80
|
||
BEQ LAEDA BRANCH IF ‘RETURN’ FROM SUBROUTINE
|
||
LDB #2*2 ERROR #2 ‘RETURN WITHOUT GOSUB’
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
LAED2 LDB #7*2 ERROR #7 ‘UNDEFINED LINE NUMBER’
|
||
JMP LAC46 JUMP TO ERROR HANDLER
|
||
LAED7 JMP LB277 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’
|
||
LAEDA PULS A,X,U * RESTORE VALUES OF CURRENT LINE NUMBER AND
|
||
STX CURLIN * BASIC’S INPUT POINTER FOR THIS SUBROUTINE
|
||
STU CHARAD * AND LOAD ACCA WITH SUB TOKEN ($A6)
|
||
*
|
||
* DATA
|
||
DATA BSR LAEE8 MOVE INPUT POINTER TO END OF SUBLINE OR LINE
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP 2 BYTES
|
||
|
||
* REM, ELSE
|
||
ELSE
|
||
REM BSR LAEEB MOVE INPUT POINTER TO END OF LINE
|
||
STX CHARAD RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
LAEE7 RTS
|
||
* ADVANCE INPUT POINTER TO END OF SUBLINE OR LINE
|
||
LAEE8 LDB #': COLON = SUBLINE TERMINATOR CHARACTER
|
||
LAEEA FCB SKP1LD SKPILD SKIP ONE BYTE; LDA #$5F
|
||
* ADVANCE BASIC’S INPUT POINTER TO END OF
|
||
* LINE - RETURN ADDRESS OF END OF LINE+1 IN X
|
||
LAEEB CLRB 0 = LINE TERMINATOR CHARACTER
|
||
STB CHARAC TEMP STORE PRIMARY TERMINATOR CHARACTER
|
||
CLRB 0 (END OF LINE) = ALTERNATE TERM. CHAR.
|
||
LDX CHARAD LOAD X W/BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
LAEF1 TFR B,A * CHANGE TERMINATOR CHARACTER
|
||
LDB CHARAC * FROM ACCB TO CHARAC - SAVE OLD TERMINATOR
|
||
* IN CHARAC
|
||
STA CHARAC SWAP PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TERMINATORS
|
||
LAEF7 LDA ,X GET NEXT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LAEE7 RETURN IF 0 (END OF LINE)
|
||
PSHS B SAVE TERMINATOR ON STACK
|
||
CMPA ,S+ COMPARE TO INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LAEE7 RETURN IF EQUAL
|
||
LEAX 1,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
CMPA #'" CHECK FOR DOUBLE QUOTES
|
||
BEQ LAEF1 BRANCH IF " - TOGGLE TERMINATOR CHARACTERS
|
||
INCA * CHECK FOR $FF AND BRANCH IF
|
||
BNE LAF0C * NOT SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
LEAX 1,X MOVE INPUT POINTER 1 MORE IF SECONDARY
|
||
LAF0C CMPA #TOK_IF+1 TOKEN FOR IF?
|
||
BNE LAEF7 NO - GET ANOTHER INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
INC IFCTR INCREMENT IF COUNTER - KEEP TRACK OF HOW MANY
|
||
* ‘IF’ STATEMENTS ARE NESTED IN ONE LINE
|
||
BRA LAEF7 GET ANOTHER INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
|
||
* IF
|
||
IF JSR LB141 EVALUATE NUMERIC EXPRESSION
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #TOK_GO TOKEN FOR GO
|
||
BEQ LAF22 TREAT ‘GO’ THE SAME AS ‘THEN’
|
||
LDB #TOK_THEN TOKEN FOR THEN
|
||
JSR LB26F DO A SYNTAX CHECK ON ACCB
|
||
LAF22 LDA FP0EXP CHECK FOR TRUE/FALSE - FALSE IF FPA0 EXPONENT = ZERO
|
||
BNE LAF39 BRANCH IF CONDITION TRUE
|
||
CLR IFCTR CLEAR FLAG - KEEP TRACK OF WHICH NESTED ELSE STATEMENT
|
||
* TO SEARCH FOR IN NESTED ‘IF’ LOOPS
|
||
LAF28 BSR DATA MOVE BASIC’S POINTER TO END OF SUBLINE
|
||
TSTA * CHECK TO SEE IF END OF LINE OR SUBLINE
|
||
BEQ LAEE7 * AND RETURN IF END OF LINE
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPA #TOK_ELSE TOKEN FOR ELSE
|
||
BNE LAF28 IGNORE ALL DATA EXCEPT ‘ELSE’ UNTIL
|
||
* END OF LINE (ZERO BYTE)
|
||
DEC IFCTR CHECK TO SEE IF YOU MUST SEARCH ANOTHER SUBLINE
|
||
BPL LAF28 BRANCH TO SEARCH ANOTHER SUBLINE FOR ‘ELSE’
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
LAF39 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LBCS LAEA4 BRANCH TO ‘GOTO’ IF NUMERIC CHARACTER
|
||
JMP LADC6 RETURN TO MAIN INTERPRETATION LOOP
|
||
|
||
* ON
|
||
ON JSR LB70B EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
LDB #TOK_GO TOKEN FOR GO
|
||
JSR LB26F SYNTAX CHECK FOR GO
|
||
PSHS A SAVE NEW TOKEN (TO,SUB)
|
||
CMPA #TOK_SUB TOKEN FOR SUB?
|
||
BEQ LAF54 YES
|
||
CMPA #TOK_TO TOKEN FOR TO?
|
||
LAF52 BNE LAED7 ‘SYNTAX’ ERROR IF NOT ‘SUB’ OR ‘TO’
|
||
LAF54 DEC FPA0+3 DECREMENT IS BYTE OF MANTISSA OF FPA0 - THIS
|
||
* IS THE ARGUMENT OF THE ‘ON’ STATEMENT
|
||
BNE LAF5D BRANCH IF NOT AT THE PROPER GOTO OR GOSUB LINE NUMBER
|
||
PULS B GET BACK THE TOKEN FOLLOWING ‘GO’
|
||
JMP LAE88 GO DO A ‘GOTO’ OR ‘GOSUB’
|
||
LAF5D JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BSR LAF67 CONVERT BASIC LINE NUMBER TO BINARY
|
||
CMPA #', IS CHARACTER FOLLOWING LINE NUMBER A COMMA?
|
||
BEQ LAF54 YES
|
||
PULS B,PC IF NOT, FALL THROUGH TO NEXT COMMAND
|
||
LAF67 LDX ZERO DEFAULT LINE NUMBER OF ZERO
|
||
STX BINVAL SAVE IT IN BINVAL
|
||
*
|
||
* CONVERT LINE NUMBER TO BINARY - RETURN VALUE IN BINVAL
|
||
*
|
||
LAF6B BCC LAFCE RETURN IF NOT NUMERIC CHARACTER
|
||
SUBA #'0 MASK OFF ASCII
|
||
STA CHARAC SAVE DIGIT IN VO1
|
||
LDD BINVAL GET ACCUMULATED LINE NUMBER VALUE
|
||
CMPA #24 LARGEST LINE NUMBER IS $F9FF (63999) -
|
||
* (24*256+255)*10+9
|
||
BHI LAF52 ‘SYNTAX’ ERROR IF TOO BIG
|
||
* MULT ACCD X 10
|
||
ASLB *
|
||
ROLA * TIMES 2
|
||
ASLB =
|
||
ROLA = TIMES 4
|
||
ADDD BINVAL ADD 1 = TIMES 5
|
||
ASLB *
|
||
ROLA * TIMES 10
|
||
ADDB CHARAC ADD NEXT DIGIT
|
||
ADCA #0 PROPAGATE CARRY
|
||
STD BINVAL SAVE NEW ACCUMULATED LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BRA LAF6B LOOP- PROCESS NEXT DIGIT
|
||
*
|
||
* LET (EXBAS)
|
||
* EVALUATE A NON-TOKEN EXPRESSION
|
||
* TARGET = REPLACEMENT
|
||
LET JSR LB357 FIND TARGET VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STX VARDES SAVE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF 1ST EXPRESSION
|
||
LDB #TOK_EQUALS TOKEN FOR "="
|
||
JSR LB26F DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘=‘
|
||
LDA VALTYP * GET VARIABLE TYPE AND
|
||
PSHS A * SAVE ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
PULS A * REGET VARIABLE TYPE OF 1ST EXPRESSION AND
|
||
RORA * SET CARRY IF STRING
|
||
JSR LB148 TYPE CHECK-TM ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPES ON
|
||
* BOTH SIDES OF EQUALS SIGN NOT THE SAME
|
||
LBEQ LBC33 GO PUT FPA0 INTO VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR IF NUMERIC
|
||
* MOVE A STRING WHOSE DESCRIPTOR IS LOCATED AT
|
||
* FPA0+2 INTO THE STRING SPACE. TRANSFER THE
|
||
* DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS TO THE ADDRESS IN VARDES
|
||
* DON’T MOVE THE STRING IF IT IS ALREADY IN THE
|
||
* STRING SPACE. REMOVE DESCRIPTOR FROM STRING
|
||
* STACK IF IT IS LAST ONE ON THE STACK
|
||
LAFA4 LDX FPA0+2 POINT X TO DESCRIPTOR OF REPLACEMENT STRING
|
||
LDD FRETOP LOAD ACCD WITH START OF STRING SPACE
|
||
CMPD 2,X IS THE STRING IN STRING SPACE?
|
||
BCC LAFBE BRANCH IF IT’S NOT IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
CMPX VARTAB COMPARE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS TO START OF VARIABLES
|
||
BCS LAFBE BRANCH IF DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS NOT IN VARIABLES
|
||
LAFB1 LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF REPLACEMENT STRING
|
||
JSR LB50D RESERVE ACCB BYTES OF STRING SPACE
|
||
LDX V4D GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS BACK
|
||
JSR LB643 MOVE STRING INTO STRING SPACE
|
||
LDX #STRDES POINT X TO TEMP STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LAFBE STX V4D SAVE STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS IN V4D
|
||
JSR LB675 REMOVE STRING DESCRIPTOR IF LAST ONE
|
||
* ON STRING STACK
|
||
LDU V4D POINT U TO REPLACEMENT DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LDX VARDES GET TARGET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
PULU A,B,Y GET LENGTH AND START OF REPLACEMENT STRING
|
||
STA ,X * SAVE STRING LENGTH AND START IN
|
||
STY 2,X * TARGET DESCRIPTOR LOCATION
|
||
LAFCE RTS
|
||
|
||
LAFCF FCC "?REDO" ?REDO MESSAGE
|
||
FCB CR,$00
|
||
|
||
LAFD6
|
||
LAFDC JMP LAC46 JMP TO ERROR HANDLER
|
||
LAFDF LDA INPFLG = GET THE INPUT FLAG AND BRANCH
|
||
BEQ LAFEA = IF ‘INPUT’
|
||
LDX DATTXT * GET LINE NUMBER WHERE THE ERROR OCCURRED
|
||
STX CURLIN * AND USE IT AS THE CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
JMP LB277 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’
|
||
LAFEA LDX #LAFCF-1 * POINT X TO ‘?REDO’ AND PRINT
|
||
JSR LB99C * IT ON THE SCREEN
|
||
LDX TINPTR = GET THE SAVED ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF
|
||
STX CHARAD = INPUT POINTER AND RESTORE IT
|
||
RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* INPUT
|
||
INPUT LDB #11*2 ‘ID’ ERROR
|
||
LDX CURLIN GET CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
LEAX 1,X ADD ONE
|
||
BEQ LAFDC ‘ID’ ERROR BRANCH IF DIRECT MODE
|
||
BSR LB00F GET SOME INPUT DATA - WAS LB002
|
||
RTS
|
||
LB00F CMPA #'" CHECK FOR PROMPT STRING DELIMITER
|
||
BNE LB01E BRANCH IF NO PROMPT STRING
|
||
JSR LB244 PUT PROMPT STRING ON STRING STACK
|
||
LDB #'; *
|
||
JSR LB26F * DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR SEMICOLON
|
||
JSR LB99F PRINT MESSAGE TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LB01E LDX #LINBUF POINT TO BASIC’S LINE BUFFER
|
||
CLR ,X CLEAR 1ST BYTE - FLAG TO INDICATE NO DATA
|
||
* IN LINE BUFFER
|
||
BSR LB02F INPUT A STRING TO LINE BUFFER
|
||
LDB #', * INSERT A COMMA AT THE END
|
||
STB ,X * OF THE LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
BRA LB049
|
||
* FILL BASIC’S LINE INPUT BUFFER CONSOLE IN
|
||
LB02F JSR LB9AF SEND A "?" TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
JSR LB9AC SEND A ‘SPACE’ TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LB035 JSR LA390 GO READ IN A BASIC LINE
|
||
BCC LB03F BRANCH IF ENTER KEY ENDED ENTRY
|
||
LEAS 4,S PURGE TWO RETURN ADDRESSES OFF THE STACK
|
||
JMP LAE11 GO DO A ‘STOP’ IF BREAK KEY ENDED LINE ENTRY
|
||
LB03F LDB #2*23 ‘INPUT PAST END OF FILE’ ERROR
|
||
RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* READ
|
||
READ LDX DATPTR GET ‘READ’ START ADDRESS
|
||
FCB SKP1LD SKIP ONE BYTE - LDA #*$4F
|
||
LB049 CLRA ‘INPUT’ ENTRY POINT: INPUT FLAG = 0
|
||
STA INPFLG SET INPUT FLAG; 0 = INPUT: <> 0 = READ
|
||
STX DATTMP SAVE ‘READ’ START ADDRESS/’INPUT’ BUFFER START
|
||
LB04E JSR LB357 EVALUATE A VARIABLE
|
||
STX VARDES SAVE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LDX CHARAD * GET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
STX BINVAL * AND SAVE IT
|
||
LDX DATTMP GET ‘READ’ ADDRESS START/’INPUT’ BUFFER POINTER
|
||
LDA ,X GET A CHARACTER FROM THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
BNE LB069 BRANCH IF NOT END OF LINE
|
||
LDA INPFLG * CHECK INPUT FLAG AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE LB0B9 * IF LOOKING FOR DATA (READ)
|
||
* NO DATA IN ‘INPUT’ LINE BUFFER AND/OR INPUT
|
||
* NOT COMING FROM SCREEN
|
||
JSR LB9AF SEND A '?' TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
BSR LB02F FILL INPUT BUFFER FROM CONSOLE IN
|
||
LB069 STX CHARAD RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
LDB VALTYP * CHECK VARIABLE TYPE AND
|
||
BEQ LB098 * BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
* READ/INPUT A STRING VARIABLE
|
||
LDX CHARAD LOAD X WITH CURRENT BASIC INPUT POINTER
|
||
STA CHARAC SAVE CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #'" CHECK FOR STRING DELIMITER
|
||
BEQ LB08B BRANCH IF STRING DELIMITER
|
||
LEAX -1,X BACK UP POINTER
|
||
CLRA * ZERO = END OF LINE CHARACTER
|
||
STA CHARAC * SAVE AS TERMINATOR
|
||
JSR LA35F SET UP PRINT PARAMETERS
|
||
LDA #': END OF SUBLINE CHARACTER
|
||
STA CHARAC SAVE AS TERMINATOR I
|
||
LDA #', COMMA
|
||
LB08B STA ENDCHR SAVE AS TERMINATOR 2
|
||
JSR LB51E STRIP A STRING FROM THE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
JSR LB249 MOVE INPUT POINTER TO END OF STRING
|
||
JSR LAFA4 PUT A STRING INTO THE STRING SPACE IF NECESSARY
|
||
BRA LB09E CHECK FOR ANOTHER DATA ITEM
|
||
* SAVE A NUMERIC VALUE IN A READ OR INPUT DATA ITEM
|
||
LB098 JSR LBD12 CONVERT AN ASCII STRING TO FP NUMBER
|
||
JSR LBC33 PACK FPA0 AND STORE IT IN ADDRESS IN VARDES -
|
||
* INPUT OR READ DATA ITEM
|
||
LB09E JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LB0A8 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA #', CHECK FOR A COMMA
|
||
LBNE LAFD6 BAD FILE DATA' ERROR OR RETRY
|
||
LB0A8 LDX CHARAD * GET CURRENT INPUT
|
||
STX DATTMP * POINTER (USED AS A DATA POINTER) AND SAVE IT
|
||
LDX BINVAL * RESET INPUT POINTER TO INPUT OR
|
||
STX CHARAD * READ STATEMENT
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BEQ LB0D5 BRANCH IF END OF LINE - EXIT COMMAND
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
BRA LB04E GET ANOTHER INPUT OR READ ITEM
|
||
* SEARCH FROM ADDRESS IN X FOR
|
||
* 1ST OCCURENCE OF THE TOKEN FOR DATA
|
||
LB0B9 STX CHARAD RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
JSR LAEE8 SEARCH FOR END OF CURRENT LINE OR SUBLINE
|
||
LEAX 1,X MOVE X ONE PAST END OF LINE
|
||
TSTA CHECK FOR END OF LINE
|
||
BNE LB0CD BRANCH IF END OF SUBLINE
|
||
LDB #2*3 ‘OUT OF DATA’ ERROR
|
||
LDU ,X++ GET NEXT 2 CHARACTERS
|
||
BEQ LB10A ‘OD’ ERROR IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LDD ,X++ GET BASIC LINE NUMBER AND
|
||
STD DATTXT SAVE IT IN DATTXT
|
||
LB0CD LDA ,X GET AN INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #TOK_DATA DATA TOKEN?
|
||
BNE LB0B9 NO — KEEP LOOKING
|
||
BRA LB069 YES
|
||
* EXIT READ AND INPUT COMMANDS
|
||
LB0D5 LDX DATTMP GET DATA POINTER
|
||
LDB INPFLG * CHECK INPUT FLAG
|
||
LBNE LADE8 * SAVE NEW DATA POINTER IF READ
|
||
LDA ,X = CHECK NEXT CHARACTER IN ‘INPUT’ BUFFER
|
||
BEQ LB0E7 =
|
||
LDX #LB0E8-1 POINT X TO ‘?EXTRA IGNORED’
|
||
JMP LB99C PRINT THE MESSAGE
|
||
LB0E7 RTS
|
||
|
||
LB0E8 FCC "?EXTRA IGNORED" ?EXTRA IGNORED MESSAGE
|
||
|
||
|
||
FCB CR,$00
|
||
|
||
* NEXT
|
||
NEXT BNE LB0FE BRANCH IF ARGUMENT GIVEN
|
||
LDX ZERO X = 0: DEFAULT FOR NO ARGUMENT
|
||
BRA LB101
|
||
LB0FE JSR LB357 EVALUATE AN ALPHA EXPRESSION
|
||
LB101 STX VARDES SAVE VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR POINTER
|
||
JSR LABF9 GO SCAN FOR ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA ON STACK
|
||
BEQ LB10C BRANCH IF DATA FOUND
|
||
LDB #0 ‘NEXT WITHOUT FOR’ ERROR (SHOULD BE CLRB)
|
||
LB10A BRA LB153 PROCESS ERROR
|
||
LB10C TFR X,S POINT S TO START OF ‘FOR/NEXT’ DATA
|
||
LEAX 3,X POINT X TO FP VALUE OF STEP
|
||
JSR LBC14 COPY A FP NUMBER FROM (X) TO FPA0
|
||
LDA 8,S GET THE DIRECTION OF STEP
|
||
STA FP0SGN SAVE IT AS THE SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
LDX VARDES POINT (X) TO INDEX VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD (X) TO FPA0 (STEP TO INDEX)
|
||
JSR LBC33 PACK FPA0 AND STORE IT IN ADDRESS
|
||
* CONTAINED IN VARDES
|
||
LEAX 9,S POINT (X) TO TERMINAL VALUE OF INDEX
|
||
JSR LBC96 COMPARE CURRENT INDEX VALUE TO TERMINAL VALUE OF INDEX
|
||
SUBB 8,S ACCB = 0 IF TERMINAL VALUE=CURRENT VALUE AND STEP=0 OR IF
|
||
* STEP IS POSITIVE AND CURRENT VALUE>TERMINAL VALUE OR
|
||
* STEP IS NEGATIVE AND CURRENT VALUE<TERMINAL VALUE
|
||
BEQ LB134 BRANCH IF ‘FOR/NEXT’ LOOP DONE
|
||
LDX 14,S * GET LINE NUMBER AND
|
||
STX CURLIN * BASIC POINTER OF
|
||
LDX 16,S * STATEMENT FOLLOWING THE
|
||
STX CHARAD * PROPER FOR STATEMENT
|
||
LB131 JMP LAD9E JUMP BACK TO COMMAND INTEPR. LOOP
|
||
LB134 LEAS 18,S PULL THE ‘FOR-NEXT’ DATA OFF THE STACK
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #', CHECK FOR ANOTHER ARGUMENT
|
||
BNE LB131 RETURN IF NONE
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BSR LB0FE BSR SIMULATES A CALL TO ‘NEXT’ FROM COMMAND LOOP
|
||
|
||
|
||
LB141 BSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION AND DO A TYPE CHECK FOR NUMERIC
|
||
LB143 ANDCC #$FE CLEAR CARRY FLAG
|
||
LB145 FCB $7D OP CODE OF TST $1A01 - SKIP TWO BYTES (DO
|
||
* NOT CHANGE CARRY FLAG)
|
||
LB146 ORCC #1 SET CARRY
|
||
|
||
* STRING TYPE MODE CHECK - IF ENTERED AT LB146 THEN VALTYP PLUS IS 'TM' ERROR
|
||
* NUMERIC TYPE MODE CHECK - IF ENTERED AT LB143 THEN VALTYP MINUS IS 'TM' ERROR
|
||
* IF ENTERED AT LB148, A TYPE CHECK IS DONE ON VALTYP
|
||
* IF ENTERED WITH CARRY SET, THEN 'TM' ERROR IF NUMERIC
|
||
* IF ENTERED WITH CARRY CLEAR, THEN 'TM' ERROR IF STRING.
|
||
LB148 TST VALTYP TEST TYPE FLAG; DO NOT CHANGE CARRY
|
||
BCS LB14F BRANCH IF STRING
|
||
BPL LB0E7 RETURN ON PLUS
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP 2 BYTES - ‘TM’ ERROR
|
||
LB14F BMI LB0E7 RETURN ON MINUS
|
||
LDB #12*2 ‘TYPE M1SMATCH’ ERROR
|
||
LB153 JMP LAC46 PROCESS ERROR
|
||
* EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
LB156 BSR LB1C6 BACK UP INPUT POINTER
|
||
LB158 CLRA END OF OPERATION PRECEDENCE FLAG
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
LB15A PSHS B SAVE FLAG (RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG)
|
||
PSHS A SAVE FLAG (PRECEDENCE FLAG)
|
||
LDB #1 *
|
||
JSR LAC33 * SEE IF ROOM IN FREE RAM FOR (B) WORDS
|
||
JSR LB223 GO EVALUATE AN EXPRESSION
|
||
CLR TRELFL RESET RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG
|
||
LB168 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
* CHECK FOR RELATIONAL OPERATORS
|
||
LB16A SUBA #TOK_GREATER TOKEN FOR >
|
||
BCS LB181 BRANCH IF LESS THAN RELATIONAL OPERATORS
|
||
CMPA #3 *
|
||
BCC LB181 * BRANCH IF GREATER THAN RELATIONAL OPERATORS
|
||
CMPA #1 SET CARRY IF ‘>‘
|
||
ROLA CARRY TO BIT 0
|
||
EORA TRELFL * CARRY SET IF
|
||
CMPA TRELFL * TRELFL = ACCA
|
||
BCS LB1DF BRANCH IF SYNTAX ERROR : == << OR >>
|
||
STA TRELFL BIT 0: >, BIT 1 =, BIT 2: <
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BRA LB16A CHECK FOR ANOTHER RELATIONAL OPERATOR
|
||
*
|
||
LB181 LDB TRELFL GET RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG
|
||
BNE LB1B8 BRANCH IF RELATIONAL COMPARISON
|
||
LBCC LB1F4 BRANCH IF > RELATIONAL OPERATOR
|
||
ADDA #7 SEVEN ARITHMETIC/LOGICAL OPERATORS
|
||
BCC LB1F4 BRANCH IF NOT ARITHMETIC/LOGICAL OPERATOR
|
||
ADCA VALTYP ADD CARRY, NUMERIC FLAG AND MODIFIED TOKEN NUMBER
|
||
LBEQ LB60F BRANCH IF VALTYP = FF, AND ACCA = ‘+‘ TOKEN -
|
||
* CONCATENATE TWO STRINGS
|
||
ADCA #-1 RESTORE ARITHMETIC/LOGICAL OPERATOR NUMBER
|
||
PSHS A * STORE OPERATOR NUMBER ON STACK; MULTIPLY IT BY 2
|
||
ASLA * THEN ADD THE STORED STACK DATA = MULTIPLY
|
||
ADDA ,S+ * X 3; 3 BYTE/TABLE ENTRY
|
||
LDX #LAA51 JUMP TABLE FOR ARITHMETIC & LOGICAL OPERATORS
|
||
LEAX A,X POINT X TO PROPER TABLE
|
||
LB19F PULS A GET PRECEDENCE FLAG FROM STACK
|
||
CMPA ,X COMPARE TO CURRENT OPERATOR
|
||
BCC LB1FA BRANCH IF STACK OPERATOR > CURRENT OPERATOR
|
||
BSR LB143 ‘TM’ ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPE = STRING
|
||
|
||
* OPERATION BEING PROCESSED IS OF HIGHER PRECEDENCE THAN THE PREVIOUS OPERATION.
|
||
LB1A7 PSHS A SAVE PRECEDENCE FLAG
|
||
BSR LB1D4 PUSH OPERATOR ROUTINE ADDRESS AND FPA0 ONTO STACK
|
||
LDX RELPTR GET POINTER TO ARITHMETIC/LOGICAL TABLE ENTRY FOR
|
||
* LAST CALCULATED OPERATION
|
||
PULS A GET PRECEDENCE FLAG OF PREVIOUS OPERATION
|
||
BNE LB1CE BRANCH IF NOT END OF OPERATION
|
||
TSTA CHECK TYPE OF PRECEDENCE FLAG
|
||
LBEQ LB220 BRANCH IF END OF EXPRESSION OR SUB-EXPRESSION
|
||
BRA LB203 EVALUATE AN OPERATION
|
||
|
||
LB1B8 ASL VALTYP BIT 7 OF TYPE FLAG TO CARRY
|
||
ROLB SHIFT RELATIONAL FLAG LEFT - VALTYP TO BIT 0
|
||
BSR LB1C6 MOVE THE INPUT POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
LDX #LB1CB POINT X TO RELATIONAL COMPARISON JUMP TABLE
|
||
STB TRELFL SAVE RELATIONAL COMPARISON DATA
|
||
CLR VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
BRA LB19F PERFORM OPERATION OR SAVE ON STACK
|
||
|
||
LB1C6 LDX CHARAD * GET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER AND
|
||
JMP LAEBB * MOVE IT BACK ONE
|
||
* RELATIONAL COMPARISON JUMP TABLE
|
||
LB1CB FCB $64 RELATIONAL COMPARISON FLAG
|
||
LB1CC FDB LB2F4 JUMP ADDRESS
|
||
|
||
LB1CE CMPA ,X COMPARE PRECEDENCE OF LAST DONE OPERATION TO
|
||
* NEXT TO BE DONE OPERATION
|
||
BCC LB203 EVALUATE OPERATION IF LOWER PRECEDENCE
|
||
BRA LB1A7 PUSH OPERATION DATA ON STACK IF HIGHER PRECEDENCE
|
||
|
||
* PUSH OPERATOR EVALUATION ADDRESS AND FPA0 ONTO STACK AND EVALUATE ANOTHER EXPR
|
||
LB1D4 LDD 1,X GET ADDRESS OF OPERATOR ROUTINE
|
||
PSHS B,A SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
BSR LB1E2 PUSH FPA0 ONTO STACK
|
||
LDB TRELFL GET BACK RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG
|
||
LBRA LB15A EVALUATE ANOTHER EXPRESSION
|
||
LB1DF JMP LB277 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’
|
||
* PUSH FPA0 ONTO THE STACK. ,S = EXPONENT
|
||
* 1-2,S =HIGH ORDER MANTISSA 3-4,S = LOW ORDER MANTISSA
|
||
* 5,S = SIGN RETURN WITH PRECEDENCE CODE IN ACCA
|
||
LB1E2 LDB FP0SGN GET SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
LDA ,X GET PRECEDENCE CODE TO ACCA
|
||
LB1E6 PULS Y GET RETURN ADDRESS FROM STACK & PUT IT IN Y
|
||
PSHS B SAVE ACCB ON STACK
|
||
LB1EA LDB FP0EXP * PUSH FPA0 ONTO THE STACK
|
||
LDX FPA0 *
|
||
LDU FPA0+2 *
|
||
PSHS U,X,B *
|
||
JMP ,Y JUMP TO ADDRESS IN Y
|
||
|
||
* BRANCH HERE IF NON-OPERATOR CHARACTER FOUND - USUALLY ‘)‘ OR END OF LINE
|
||
LB1F4 LDX ZERO POINT X TO DUMMY VALUE (ZERO)
|
||
LDA ,S+ GET PRECEDENCE FLAG FROM STACK
|
||
BEQ LB220 BRANCH IF END OF EXPRESSION
|
||
LB1FA CMPA #$64 * CHECK FOR RELATIONAL COMPARISON FLAG
|
||
BEQ LB201 * AND BRANCH IF RELATIONAL COMPARISON
|
||
JSR LB143 ‘TM’ ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPE = STRING
|
||
LB201 STX RELPTR SAVE POINTER TO OPERATOR ROUTINE
|
||
LB203 PULS B GET RELATIONAL OPERATOR FLAG FROM STACK
|
||
CMPA #$5A CHECK FOR ‘NOT’ OPERATOR
|
||
BEQ LB222 RETURN IF ‘NOT’ - NO RELATIONAL COMPARISON
|
||
CMPA #$7D CHECK FOR NEGATION (UNARY) FLAG
|
||
BEQ LB222 RETURN IF NEGATION - NO RELATIONAL COMPARISON
|
||
|
||
* EVALUATE AN OPERATION. EIGHT BYTES WILL BE STORED ON STACK, FIRST SIX BYTES
|
||
* ARE A TEMPORARY FLOATING POINT RESULT THEN THE ADDRESS OF ROUTINE WHICH
|
||
* WILL EVALUATE THE OPERATION. THE RTS AT END OF ROUTINE WILL VECTOR
|
||
* TO EVALUATING ROUTINE.
|
||
LSRB = ROTATE VALTYP BIT INTO CARRY
|
||
STB RELFLG = FLAG AND SAVE NEW RELFLG
|
||
PULS A,X,U * PULL A FP VALUE OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
STA FP1EXP * AND SAVE IT IN FPA1
|
||
STX FPA1 *
|
||
STU FPA1+2 *
|
||
PULS B = GET MANTISSA SIGN AND
|
||
STB FP1SGN = SAVE IT IN FPA1
|
||
EORB FP0SGN EOR IT WITH FPA1 MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
STB RESSGN SAVE IT IN RESULT SIGN BYTE
|
||
LB220 LDB FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
LB222 RTS
|
||
|
||
LB223 JSR XVEC15 CALL EXTENDED BASIC ADD-IN
|
||
CLR VALTYP INITIALIZE TYPE FLAG TO NUMERIC
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHAR
|
||
BCC LB22F BRANCH IF NOT NUMERIC
|
||
LB22C JMP LBD12 CONVERT ASCII STRING TO FLOATING POINT -
|
||
* RETURN RESULT IN FPA0
|
||
* PROCESS A NON NUMERIC FIRST CHARACTER
|
||
LB22F JSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
BCC LB284 BRANCH IF ALPHA CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #'. IS IT ‘.‘ (DECIMAL POINT)?
|
||
BEQ LB22C CONVERT ASCII STRING TO FLOATING POINT
|
||
CMPA #TOK_MINUS MINUS TOKEN
|
||
BEQ LB27C YES - GO PROCESS THE MINUS OPERATOR
|
||
CMPA #TOK_PLUS PLUS TOKEN
|
||
BEQ LB223 YES - GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #'" STRING DELIMITER?
|
||
BNE LB24E NO
|
||
LB244 LDX CHARAD CURRENT BASIC POINTER TO X
|
||
JSR LB518 SAVE STRING ON STRING STACK
|
||
LB249 LDX COEFPT * GET ADDRESS OF END OF STRING AND
|
||
STX CHARAD * PUT BASIC’S INPUT POINTER THERE
|
||
RTS
|
||
LB24E CMPA #TOK_NOT NOT TOKEN?
|
||
BNE LB25F NO
|
||
* PROCESS THE NOT OPERATOR
|
||
LDA #$5A ‘NOT’ PRECEDENCE FLAG
|
||
JSR LB15A PROCESS OPERATION FOLLOWING ‘NOT’
|
||
JSR INTCNV CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER IN ACCD
|
||
COMA * ‘NOT’ THE INTEGER
|
||
COMB *
|
||
JMP GIVABF CONVERT ACCD TO FLOATING POINT (FPA0)
|
||
LB25F INCA CHECK FOR TOKENS PRECEEDED BY $FF
|
||
BEQ LB290 IT WAS PRECEEDED BY $FF
|
||
LB262 BSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR A ‘(‘
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSIONS WITHIN PARENTHESES AT
|
||
* HIGHEST PRECEDENCE
|
||
LB267 LDB #') SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘)‘
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP 2 BYTES
|
||
LB26A LDB #'( SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP 2 BYTES
|
||
LB26D LDB #', SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
LB26F CMPB [CHARAD] * COMPARE ACCB TO CURRENT INPUT
|
||
BNE LB277 * CHARACTER - SYNTAX ERROR IF NO MATCH
|
||
JMP GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
LB277 LDB #2*1 SYNTAX ERROR
|
||
JMP LAC46 JUMP TO ERROR HANDLER
|
||
|
||
* PROCESS THE MINUS (UNARY) OPERATOR
|
||
LB27C LDA #$7D MINUS (UNARY) PRECEDENCE FLAG
|
||
JSR LB15A PROCESS OPERATION FOLLOWING ‘UNARY’ NEGATION
|
||
JMP LBEE9 CHANGE SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
|
||
* EVALUATE ALPHA EXPRESSION
|
||
LB284 JSR LB357 FIND THE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF A VARIABLE
|
||
LB287 STX FPA0+2 SAVE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS IN FPA0
|
||
LDA VALTYP TEST VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
BNE LB222 RETURN IF STRING
|
||
JMP LBC14 COPY A FP NUMBER FROM (X) TO FPA0
|
||
|
||
* EVALUATING A SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
LB290 JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER (SECONDARY TOKEN)
|
||
TFR A,B SAVE IT IN ACCB
|
||
ASLB X2 & BET RID OF BIT 7
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET ANOTHER INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPB #NUM_SEC_FNS-1*2 29 SECONDARY FUNCTIONS - 1
|
||
BLS LB29F BRANCH IF COLOR BASIC TOKEN
|
||
JMP LB277 SYNTAX ERROR
|
||
LB29F PSHS B SAVE TOKEN OFFSET ON STACK
|
||
CMPB #TOK_LEFT-$80*2 CHECK FOR TOKEN WITH AN ARGUMENT
|
||
BCS LB2C7 DO SECONDARIES STRING$ OR LESS
|
||
CMPB #TOK_INKEY-$80*2 *
|
||
BCC LB2C9 * DO SECONDARIES $92 (INKEY$) OR >
|
||
BSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR A ‘(‘
|
||
LDA ,S GET TOKEN NUMBER
|
||
* DO SECONDARIES (LEFT$, RIGHT$, MID$)
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE FIRST STRING IN ARGUMENT
|
||
BSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR A COMMA
|
||
JSR LB146 ‘TM’ ERROR IF NUMERIC VARiABLE
|
||
PULS A GET TOKEN OFFSET FROM STACK
|
||
LDU FPA0+2 POINT U TO STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
PSHS U,A SAVE TOKEN OFFSET AND DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
JSR LB70B EVALUATE FIRST NUMERIC ARGUMENT
|
||
PULS A GET TOKEN OFFSET FROM STACK
|
||
PSHS B,A SAVE TOKEN OFFSET AND NUMERIC ARGUMENT
|
||
FCB $8E OP CODE OF LDX# - SKlP 2 BYTES
|
||
LB2C7 BSR LB262 SYNTAX CHECK FOR A ‘(‘
|
||
LB2C9 PULS B GET TOKEN OFFSET
|
||
LDX COMVEC+8 GET SECONDARY FUNCTION JUMP TABLE ADDRESS
|
||
LB2CE ABX ADD IN COMMAND OFFSET
|
||
*
|
||
* HERE IS WHERE WE BRANCH TO A SECONDARY FUNCTION
|
||
JSR [,X] GO DO AN SECONDARY FUNCTION
|
||
JMP LB143 ‘TM’ ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPE = STRING
|
||
|
||
* LOGICAL OPERATOR ‘OR’ JUMPS HERE
|
||
LB2D4 FCB SKP1LD SKIP ONE BYTE - ‘OR’ FLAG = $4F
|
||
|
||
* LOGICAL OPERATOR ‘AND’ JUMPS HERE
|
||
LB2D5 CLRA AND FLAG = 0
|
||
STA TMPLOC AND/OR FLAG
|
||
JSR INTCNV CONVERT FPA0 INTO AN INTEGER IN ACCD
|
||
STD CHARAC TEMP SAVE ACCD
|
||
JSR LBC4A MOVE FPA1 TO FPA0
|
||
JSR INTCNV CONVERT FPA0 INTO AN INTEGER IN ACCD
|
||
TST TMPLOC CHECK AND/OR FLAG
|
||
BNE LB2ED BRANCH IF OR
|
||
ANDA CHARAC * ‘AND’ ACCD WITH FPA0 INTEGER
|
||
ANDB ENDCHR * STORED IN ENDCHR
|
||
BRA LB2F1 CONVERT TO FP
|
||
LB2ED ORA CHARAC * ‘OR’ ACCD WITH FPA0 INTEGER
|
||
ORB ENDCHR * STORED IN CHARAC
|
||
LB2F1 JMP GIVABF CONVERT THE VALUE IN ACCD INTO A FP NUMBER
|
||
|
||
* RELATIONAL COMPARISON PROCESS HANDLER
|
||
LB2F4 JSR LB148 ‘TM’ ERROR IF TYPE MISMATCH
|
||
BNE LB309 BRANCH IF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
LDA FP1SGN * ‘PACK’ THE MANTISSA
|
||
ORA #$7F * SIGN OF FPA1 INTO
|
||
ANDA FPA1 * BIT 7 OF THE
|
||
STA FPA1 * MANTISSA MS BYTE
|
||
LDX #FP1EXP POINT X TO FPA1
|
||
JSR LBC96 COMPARE FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
BRA LB33F CHECK TRUTH OF RELATIONAL COMPARISON
|
||
|
||
* RELATIONAL COMPARISON OF STRINGS
|
||
LB309 CLR VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
DEC TRELFL REMOVE STRING TYPE FLAG (BIT0=1 FOR STRINGS) FROM THE
|
||
* DESIRED RELATIONAL COMPARISON DATA
|
||
JSR LB657 GET LENGTH AND ADDRESS OF STRING WHOSE
|
||
* DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS IS IN THE BOTTOM OF FPA0
|
||
STB STRDES * SAVE LENGTH AND ADDRESS IN TEMPORARY
|
||
STX STRDES+2 * DESCRIPTOR (STRING B)
|
||
LDX FPA1+2 = RETURN LENGTH AND ADDRESS OF STRING
|
||
JSR LB659 = WHOSE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS IS STORED IN FPA1+2
|
||
LDA STRDES LOAD ACCA WITH LENGTH OF STRING B
|
||
PSHS B SAVE LENGTH A ON STACK
|
||
SUBA ,S+ SUBTRACT LENGTH A FROM LENGTH B
|
||
BEQ LB328 BRANCH IF STRINGS OF EQUAL LENGTH
|
||
LDA #1 TRUE FLAG
|
||
BCC LB328 TRUE IF LENGTH B > LENGTH A
|
||
LDB STRDES LOAD ACCB WITH LENGTH B
|
||
NEGA SET FLAG = FALSE (1FF)
|
||
LB328 STA FP0SGN SAVE TRUE/FALSE FLAG
|
||
LDU STRDES+2 POINT U TO START OF STRING
|
||
INCB COMPENSATE FOR THE DECB BELOW
|
||
* ENTER WITH ACCB CONTAINING LENGTH OF SHORTER STRING
|
||
LB32D DECB DECREMENT SHORTER STRING LENGTH
|
||
BNE LB334 BRANCH IF ALL OF STRING NOT COMPARED
|
||
LDB FP0SGN GET TRUE/FALSE FLAB
|
||
BRA LB33F CHECK TRUTH OF RELATIONAL COMPARISON
|
||
LB334 LDA ,X+ GET A BYTE FROM STRING A
|
||
CMPA ,U+ COMPARE TO STRING B
|
||
BEQ LB32D CHECK ANOTHER CHARACTER IF =
|
||
LDB #$FF FALSE FLAG IF STRING A > B
|
||
BCC LB33F BRANCH IF STRING A > STRING B
|
||
NEGB SET FLAG = TRUE
|
||
|
||
* DETERMINE TRUTH OF COMPARISON - RETURN RESULT IN FPA0
|
||
LB33F ADDB #1 CONVERT $FF,0,1 TO 0,1,2
|
||
ROLB NOW IT’S 1,2,4 FOR > = <
|
||
ANDB RELFLG ‘AND’ THE ACTUAL COMPARISON WITH THE DESIRED -
|
||
COMPARISON
|
||
BEQ LB348 BRANCH IF FALSE (NO MATCHING BITS)
|
||
LDB #$FF TRUE FLAG
|
||
LB348 JMP LBC7C CONVERT ACCB INTO FP NUMBER IN FPA0
|
||
|
||
* DIM
|
||
LB34B JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
DIM LDB #1 DIMENSION FLAG
|
||
BSR LB35A SAVE ARRAY SPACE FOR THIS VARIABLE
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BNE LB34B KEEP DIMENSIONING IF NOT END OF LINE
|
||
RTS
|
||
* EVALUATE A VARIABLE - RETURN X AND
|
||
* VARPTR POINTING TO VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
* EACH VARIABLE REQUIRES 7 BYTES - THE FIRST TWO
|
||
* BYTES ARE THE VARIABLE NAME AND THE NEXT 5
|
||
* BYTES ARE THE DESCRIPTOR. IF BIT 7 OF THE
|
||
* FIRST BYTE OF VARlABLE NAME IS SET, THE
|
||
* VARIABLE IS A DEF FN VARIABLE. IF BIT 7 OF
|
||
* THE SECOND BYTE OF VARIABLE NAME IS SET, THE
|
||
* VARIABLE IS A STRING, OTHERWISE THE VARIABLE
|
||
* IS NUMERIC.
|
||
* IF THE VARIABLE IS NOT FOUND, A ZERO VARIABLE IS
|
||
* INSERTED INTO THE VARIABLE SPACE
|
||
LB357 CLRB DIMENSION FLAG = 0; DO NOT SET UP AN ARRAY
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LB35A STB DIMFLG SAVE ARRAY FLAG
|
||
* ENTRY POINT FOR DEF FN VARIABLE SEARCH
|
||
LB35C STA VARNAM SAVE INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
LBCS LB277 SYNTAX ERROR IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
CLRB DEFAULT 2ND VARIABLE CHARACTER TO ZERO
|
||
STB VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET ANOTHER CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BCS LB371 BRANCH IF NUMERIC (2ND CHARACTER IN
|
||
* VARIABLE MAY BE NUMERIC)
|
||
BSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
BCS LB37B BRANCH IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
LB371 TFR A,B SAVE 2ND CHARACTER IN ACCB
|
||
* READ INPUT CHARACTERS UNTIL A NON ALPHA OR
|
||
* NON NUMERIC IS FOUND - IGNORE ALL CHARACTERS
|
||
* IN VARIABLE NAME AFTER THE 1ST TWO
|
||
LB373 JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BCS LB373 BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
BSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
BCC LB373 BRANCH IF ALPHA
|
||
LB37B CMPA #'$ CHECK FOR A STRING VARIABLE
|
||
BNE LB385 BRANCH IF IT IS NOT A STRING
|
||
COM VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO STRING
|
||
ADDB #$80 SET BIT 7 OF 2ND CHARACTER (STRING)
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LB385 STB VARNAM+1 SAVE 2ND CHARACTER IN VARNAM+1
|
||
ORA ARYDIS OR IN THE ARRAY DISABLE FLAG - IF = $80,
|
||
* DON’T SEARCH FOR VARIABLES IN THE ARRAYS
|
||
SUBA #'( IS THIS AN ARRAY VARIABLE?
|
||
LBEQ LB404 BRANCH IF IT IS
|
||
CLR ARYDIS RESET THE ARRAY DISABLE FLAG
|
||
LDX VARTAB POINT X TO THE START OF VARIABLES
|
||
LDD VARNAM GET VARIABLE IN QUESTION
|
||
LB395 CMPX ARYTAB COMPARE X TO THE END OF VARIABLES
|
||
BEQ LB3AB BRANCH IF END OF VARIABLES
|
||
CMPD ,X++ * COMPARE VARIABLE IN QUESTION TO CURRENT
|
||
BEQ LB3DC * VARIABLE AND BRANCH IF MATCH
|
||
LEAX 5,X = MOVE POINTER TO NEXT VARIABLE AND
|
||
BRA LB395 = KEEP LOOKING
|
||
|
||
* SET CARRY IF NOT UPPER CASE ALPHA
|
||
LB3A2 CMPA #'A * CARRY SET IF < ‘A’
|
||
BCS LB3AA *
|
||
SUBA #'Z+1 =
|
||
* SUBA #-('Z+1) = CARRY CLEAR IF <= 'Z'
|
||
FCB $80,$A5
|
||
LB3AA RTS
|
||
* PUT A NEW VARIABLE IN TABLE OF VARIABLES
|
||
LB3AB LDX #ZERO POINT X TO ZERO LOCATION
|
||
LDU ,S GET CURRENT RETURN ADDRESS
|
||
CMPU #LB287 DID WE COME FROM ‘EVALUATE ALPHA EXPR’?
|
||
BEQ LB3DE YES - RETURN A ZERO VALUE
|
||
LDD ARYEND * GET END OF ARRAYS ADDRESS AND
|
||
STD V43 * SAVE IT AT V43
|
||
ADDD #7 = ADD 7 TO END OF ARRAYS (EACH
|
||
STD V41 = VARIABLE = 7 BYTES) AND SAVE AT V41
|
||
LDX ARYTAB * GET END OF VARIABLES AND SAVE AT V47
|
||
STX V47 *
|
||
JSR LAC1E MAKE A SEVEN BYTE SLOT FOR NEW VARIABLE AT
|
||
* TOP OF VARIABLES
|
||
LDX V41 = GET NEW END OF ARRAYS AND SAVE IT
|
||
STX ARYEND =
|
||
LDX V45 * GET NEW END OF VARIABLES AND SAVE IT
|
||
STX ARYTAB *
|
||
LDX V47 GET OLD END OF VARIABLES
|
||
LDD VARNAM GET NEW VARIABLE NAME
|
||
STD ,X++ SAVE VARIABLE NAME
|
||
CLRA * ZERO OUT THE FP VALUE OF THE NUMERIC
|
||
CLRB * VARIABLE OR THE LENGTH AND ADDRESS
|
||
STD ,X * OF A STRING VARIABLE
|
||
STD 2,X *
|
||
STA 4,X *
|
||
LB3DC STX VARPTR STORE ADDRESS OF VARIABLE VALUE
|
||
LB3DE RTS
|
||
*
|
||
LB3DF FCB $90,$80,$00,$00,$00 * FLOATING POINT -32768
|
||
* SMALLEST SIGNED TWO BYTE INTEGER
|
||
*
|
||
LB3E4 JSR GETNCH GET AN INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
LB3E6 JSR LB141 GO EVALUATE NUMERIC EXPRESSION
|
||
LB3E9 LDA FP0SGN GET FPA0 MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
BMI LB44A ‘FC’ ERROR IF NEGATIVE NUMBER
|
||
|
||
|
||
INTCNV JSR LB143 ‘TM’ ERROR IF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
LDA FP0EXP GET FPA0 EXPONENT
|
||
CMPA #$90 * COMPARE TO 32768 - LARGEST INTEGER EXPONENT AND
|
||
BCS LB3FE * BRANCH IF FPA0 < 32768
|
||
LDX #LB3DF POINT X TO FP VALUE OF -32768
|
||
JSR LBC96 COMPARE -32768 TO FPA0
|
||
BNE LB44A ‘FC’ ERROR IF NOT =
|
||
LB3FE JSR LBCC8 CONVERT FPA0 TO A TWO BYTE INTEGER
|
||
LDD FPA0+2 GET THE INTEGER
|
||
RTS
|
||
* EVALUATE AN ARRAY VARIABLE
|
||
LB404 LDD DIMFLG GET ARRAY FLAG AND VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
PSHS B,A SAVE THEM ON STACK
|
||
NOP DEAD SPACE CAUSED BY 1.2 REVISION
|
||
CLRB RESET DIMENSION COUNTER
|
||
LB40A LDX VARNAM GET VARIABLE NAME
|
||
PSHS X,B SAVE VARIABLE NAME AND DIMENSION COUNTER
|
||
BSR LB3E4 EVALUATE EXPRESSION (DIMENSlON LENGTH)
|
||
PULS B,X,Y PULL OFF VARIABLE NAME, DIMENSlON COUNTER,
|
||
* ARRAY FLAG
|
||
STX VARNAM SAVE VARIABLE NAME AND VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
LDU FPA0+2 GET DIMENSION LENGTH
|
||
PSHS U,Y SAVE DIMENSION LENGTH, ARRAY FLAG, VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
INCB INCREASE DIMENSION COUNTER
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #', CHECK FOR ANOTHER DIMENSION
|
||
BEQ LB40A BRANCH IF MORE
|
||
STB TMPLOC SAVE DIMENSION COUNTER
|
||
JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR A ‘)‘
|
||
PULS A,B * RESTORE VARIABLE TYPE AND ARRAY
|
||
STD DIMFLG * FLAG - LEAVE DIMENSION LENGTH ON STACK
|
||
LDX ARYTAB GET START OF ARRAYS
|
||
LB42A CMPX ARYEND COMPARE TO END OF ARRAYS
|
||
BEQ LB44F BRANCH IF NO MATCH FOUND
|
||
LDD VARNAM GET VARIABLE IN QUESTION
|
||
CMPD ,X COMPARE TO CURRENT VARIABLE
|
||
BEQ LB43B BRANCH IF =
|
||
LDD 2,X GET OFFSET TO NEXT ARRAY VARIABLE
|
||
LEAX D,X ADD TO CURRENT POINTER
|
||
BRA LB42A KEEP SEARCHING
|
||
LB43B LDB #2*9 ‘REDIMENSIONED ARRAY’ ERROR
|
||
LDA DIMFLG * TEST ARRAY FLAG - IF <>0 YOU ARE TRYING
|
||
BNE LB44C * TO REDIMENSION AN ARRAY
|
||
LDB TMPLOC GET NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS IN ARRAY
|
||
CMPB 4,X COMPARE TO THIS ARRAYS DIMENSIONS
|
||
BEQ LB4A0 BRANCH IF =
|
||
LB447 LDB #8*2 ‘BAD SUBSCRIPT’
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
LB44A LDB #4*2 ‘ILLEGAL FUNCTION CALL’
|
||
LB44C JMP LAC46 JUMP TO ERROR SERVICING ROUTINE
|
||
|
||
* INSERT A NEW ARRAY INTO ARRAY VARIABLES
|
||
* EACH SET OF ARRAY VARIABLES IS PRECEEDED BY A DE-
|
||
* SCRIPTOR BLOCK COMPOSED OF 5+2*N BYTES WHERE N IS THE
|
||
* NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS IN THE ARRAY. THE BLOCK IS DEFINED
|
||
* AS FOLLOWS: BYTES 0,1:VARIABLE’S NAME; 2,3:TOTAL LENGTH
|
||
* OF ARRAY ITEMS AND DESCRIPTOR BLOCK; 4:NUMBER OF DIMEN-
|
||
* ISIONS; 5,6:LENGTH OF DIMENSION 1; 7,8:LENGTH OF DIMEN-
|
||
* SION 2;… 4+N,5+N:LENGTH OF DIMENSION N.
|
||
|
||
LB44F LDD #5 * 5 BYTES/ARRAY ENTRY SAVE AT COEFPT
|
||
STD COEFPT *
|
||
LDD VARNAM = GET NAME OF ARRAY AND SAVE IN
|
||
STD ,X = FIRST 2 BYTES OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDB TMPLOC GET NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS AND SAVE IN
|
||
STB 4,X * 5TH BYTE OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
JSR LAC33 CHECK FOR ROOM FOR DESCRIPTOR IN FREE RAM
|
||
STX V41 TEMPORARILY SAVE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LB461 LDB #11 * DEFAULT DIMENSION VALUE:X(10)
|
||
CLRA *
|
||
TST DIMFLG = CHECK ARRAY FLAG AND BRANCH IF
|
||
BEQ LB46D = NOT DIMENSIONING AN ARRAY
|
||
PULS A,B GET DIMENSION LENGTH
|
||
ADDD #1 ADD ONE (X(0) HAS A LENGTH OF ONE)
|
||
LB46D STD 5,X SAVE LENGTH OF ARRAY DIMENSION
|
||
BSR LB4CE MULTIPLY ACCUM ARRAY SIZE NUMBER LENGTH
|
||
* OF NEW DIMENSION
|
||
STD COEFPT TEMP STORE NEW CURRENT ACCUMULATED ARRAY SIZE
|
||
LEAX 2,X BUMP POINTER UP TWO
|
||
DEC TMPLOC * DECREMENT DIMENSION COUNTER AND BRANCH IF
|
||
BNE LB461 * NOT DONE WITH ALL DIMENSIONS
|
||
STX TEMPTR SAVE ADDRESS OF (END OF ARRAY DESCRIPTOR - 5)
|
||
ADDD TEMPTR ADD TOTAL SIZE OF NEW ARRAY
|
||
LBCS LAC44 ‘OM’ ERROR IF > $FFFF
|
||
TFR D,X SAVE END OF ARRAY IN X
|
||
JSR LAC37 MAKE SURE THERE IS ENOUGH FREE RAM FOR ARRAY
|
||
SUBD #STKBUF-5 SUBTRACT OUT THE (STACK BUFFER - 5)
|
||
STD ARYEND SAVE NEW END OF ARRAYS
|
||
CLRA ZERO = TERMINATOR BYTE
|
||
LB48C LEAX -1,X * STORE TWO TERMINATOR BYTES AT
|
||
STA 5,X * THE END OF THE ARRAY DESCRIPTOR
|
||
CMPX TEMPTR *
|
||
BNE LB48C *
|
||
LDX V41 GET ADDRESS OF START OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDA ARYEND GET MSB OF END OF ARRAYS; LSB ALREADY THERE
|
||
SUBD V41 SUBTRACT OUT ADDRESS OF START OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STD 2,X SAVE LENGTH OF (ARRAY AND DESCRIPTOR)
|
||
LDA DIMFLG * GET ARRAY FLAG AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE LB4CD * BACK IF DIMENSIONING
|
||
* CALCULATE POINTER TO CORRECT ELEMENT
|
||
LB4A0 LDB 4,X GET THE NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS
|
||
STB TMPLOC TEMPORARILY SAVE
|
||
CLRA * INITIALIZE POINTER
|
||
CLRB * TO ZERO
|
||
LB4A6 STD COEFPT SAVE ACCUMULATED POINTER
|
||
PULS A,B * PULL DIMENSION ARGUMENT OFF THE
|
||
STD FPA0+2 * STACK AND SAVE IT
|
||
CMPD 5,X COMPARE TO STORED ‘DIM’ ARGUMENT
|
||
BCC LB4EB ‘BS’ ERROR IF > = "DIM" ARGUMENT
|
||
LDU COEFPT * GET ACCUMULATED POINTER AND
|
||
BEQ LB4B9 * BRANCH IF 1ST DIMENSION
|
||
BSR LB4CE = MULTIPLY ACCUMULATED POINTER AND DIMENSION
|
||
ADDD FPA0+2 = LENGTH AND ADD TO CURRENT ARGUMENT
|
||
LB4B9 LEAX 2,X MOVE POINTER TO NEXT DIMENSION
|
||
DEC TMPLOC * DECREMENT DIMENSION COUNTER AND
|
||
BNE LB4A6 * BRANCH IF ANY DIMENSIONS LEFT
|
||
* MULTIPLY ACCD BY 5 - 5 BYTES/ARRAY VALUE
|
||
STD ,--S
|
||
ASLB
|
||
ROLA TIMES 2
|
||
ASLB
|
||
ROLA TIMES 4
|
||
ADDD ,S++ TIMES 5
|
||
LEAX D,X ADD OFFSET TO START OF ARRAY
|
||
LEAX 5,X ADJUST POINTER FOR SIZE OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STX VARPTR SAVE POINTER TO ARRAY VALUE
|
||
LB4CD RTS
|
||
* MULTIPLY 2 BYTE NUMBER IN 5,X BY THE 2 BYTE NUMBER
|
||
* IN COEFPT. RETURN RESULT IN ACCD, BS ERROR IF > $FFFF
|
||
LB4CE LDA #16 16 SHIFTS TO DO A MULTIPLY
|
||
STA V45 SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
LDD 5,X * GET SIZE OF DIMENSION
|
||
STD BOTSTK * AND SAVE IT
|
||
CLRA * ZERO
|
||
CLRB * ACCD
|
||
LB4D8 ASLB = SHIFT ACCB LEFT
|
||
ROLA = ONE BIT
|
||
BCS LB4EB BS' ERROR IF CARRY
|
||
ASL COEFPT+1 * SHIFT MULTIPLICAND LEFT ONE
|
||
ROL COEFPT * BIT - ADD MULTIPLIER TO ACCUMULATOR
|
||
BCC LB4E6 * IF CARRY <> 0
|
||
ADDD BOTSTK ADD MULTIPLIER TO ACCD
|
||
BCS LB4EB BS' ERROR IF CARRY (>$FFFF)
|
||
LB4E6 DEC V45 * DECREMENT SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
BNE LB4D8 * IF NOT DONE
|
||
RTS
|
||
LB4EB JMP LB447 BS' ERROR
|
||
*
|
||
* MEM
|
||
* THIS IS NOT A TRUE INDICATOR OF FREE MEMORY BECAUSE
|
||
* BASIC REQUIRES A STKBUF SIZE BUFFER FOR THE STACK
|
||
* FOR WHICH MEM DOES NOT ALLOW.
|
||
*
|
||
MEM TFR S,D PUT STACK POINTER INTO ACCD
|
||
SUBD ARYEND SUBTRACT END OF ARRAYS
|
||
FCB SKP1 SKIP ONE BYTE
|
||
*CONVERT THE VALUE IN ACCB INTO A FP NUMBER IN FPA0
|
||
LB4F3 CLRA CLEAR MS BYTE OF ACCD
|
||
* CONVERT THE VALUE IN ACCD INTO A FLOATING POINT NUMBER IN FPA0
|
||
GIVABF CLR VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
STD FPA0 SAVE ACCD IN TOP OF FACA
|
||
LDB #$90 EXPONENT REQUIRED IF THE TOP TWO BYTES
|
||
* OF FPA0 ARE TO BE TREATED AS AN INTEGER IN FPA0
|
||
JMP LBC82 CONVERT THE REST OF FPA0 TO AN INTEGER
|
||
|
||
* STR$
|
||
STR JSR LB143 TM' ERROR IF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
LDU #STRBUF+2 *CONVERT FP NUMBER TO ASCII STRING IN
|
||
JSR LBDDC *THE STRING BUFFER
|
||
LEAS 2,S PURGE THE RETURN ADDRESS FROM THE STACK
|
||
LDX #STRBUF+1 *POINT X TO STRING BUFFER AND SAVE
|
||
BRA LB518 *THE STRING IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
* RESERVE ACCB BYTES OF STRING SPACE. RETURN START
|
||
* ADDRESS IN (X) AND FRESPC
|
||
LB50D STX V4D SAVE X IN V4D
|
||
LB50F BSR LB56D RESERVE ACCB BYTES IN STRING SPACE
|
||
LB511 STX STRDES+2 SAVE NEW STRING ADDRESS
|
||
STB STRDES SAVE LENGTH OF RESERVED BLOCK
|
||
RTS
|
||
LB516 LEAX -1,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
* SCAN A LINE FROM (X) UNTIL AN END OF LINE FLAG (ZERO) OR
|
||
* EITHER OF THE TWO TERMINATORS STORED IN CHARAC OR ENDCHR IS MATCHED.
|
||
* THE RESULTING STRING IS STORED IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
* ONLY IF THE START OF THE STRING IS <= STRBUF+2
|
||
LB518 LDA #'" * INITIALIZE
|
||
STA CHARAC * TERMINATORS
|
||
LB51A STA ENDCHR * TO "
|
||
LB51E LEAX 1,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
STX RESSGN TEMPORARILY SAVE START OF STRING
|
||
STX STRDES+2 SAVE START OF STRING IN TEMP DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDB #-1 INITIALIZE CHARACTER COUNTER TO - 1
|
||
LB526 INCB INCREMENT CHARACTER COUNTER
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LB537 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA CHARAC * CHECK FOR TERMINATORS
|
||
BEQ LB533 * IN CHARAC AND ENDCHR
|
||
CMPA ENDCHR * DON’T MOVE POINTER BACK
|
||
BNE LB526 * ONE IF TERMINATOR IS "MATCHED"
|
||
LB533 CMPA #'" = COMPARE CHARACTER TO STRING DELIMITER
|
||
BEQ LB539 = & DON’T MOVE POINTER BACK IF SO
|
||
LB537 LEAX -1,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
LB539 STX COEFPT SAVE END OF STRING ADDRESS
|
||
STB STRDES SAVE STRING LENGTH IN TEMP DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDU RESSGN GET INITlAL STRING START
|
||
CMPU #STRBUF+2 COMPARE TO START OF STRING BUFFER
|
||
LB543 BHI LB54C BRANCH IF > START OF STRING BUFFER
|
||
BSR LB50D GO RESERVE SPACE FOR THE STRING
|
||
LDX RESSGN POINT X TO THE BEGINNING OF THE STRING
|
||
JSR LB645 MOVE (B) BYTES FROM (X) TO
|
||
* [FRESPC] - MOVE STRING DATA
|
||
* PUT DIRECT PAGE STRING DESCRIPTOR BUFFER DATA
|
||
* ON THE STRING STACK. SET VARIABLE TYPE TO STRING
|
||
LB54C LDX TEMPPT GET NEXT AVAILABLE STRING STACK DESCRIPTOR
|
||
CMPX #LINHDR COMPARE TO TOP OF STRING DESCRIPTOR STACK - WAS #CFNBUF
|
||
BNE LB558 FORMULA O.K.
|
||
LDB #15*2 STRING FORMULA TOO COMPLEX' ERROR
|
||
LB555 JMP LAC46 JUMP TO ERROR SERVICING ROUTINE
|
||
LB558 LDA STRDES * GET LENGTH OF STRING AND SAVE IT
|
||
* STA ,X * IN BYTE 0 OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
FCB $A7,$00
|
||
LDD STRDES+2 = GET START ADDRESS OF ACTUAL STRING
|
||
STD 2,X = AND SAVE IN BYTES 2,3 OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDA #$FF * VARIABLE TYPE = STRING
|
||
STA VALTYP * SAVE IN VARIABLE TYPE FLAG
|
||
STX LASTPT = SAVE START OF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STX FPA0+2 = ADDRESS IN LASTPT AND FPA0
|
||
LEAX 5,X 5 BYTES/STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STX TEMPPT NEXT AVAILABLE STRING VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
RTS
|
||
* RESERVE ACCB BYTES IN STRING STORAGE SPACE
|
||
* RETURN WITH THE STARTING ADDRESS OF THE
|
||
* RESERVED STRING SPACE IN (X) AND FRESPC
|
||
LB56D CLR GARBFL CLEAR STRING REORGANIZATION FLAG
|
||
LB56F CLRA * PUSH THE LENGTH OF THE
|
||
PSHS B,A * STRING ONTO THE STACK
|
||
LDD STRTAB GET START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
SUBD ,S+ SUBTRACT STRING LENGTH
|
||
CMPD FRETOP COMPARE TO START OF STRING STORAGE
|
||
BCS LB585 IF BELOW START, THEN REORGANIZE
|
||
STD STRTAB SAVE NEW START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
LDX STRTAB GET START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
LEAX 1,X ADD ONE
|
||
STX FRESPC SAVE START ADDRESS OF NEWLY RESERVED SPACE
|
||
PULS B,PC RESTORE NUMBER OF BYTES RESERVED AND RETURN
|
||
LB585 LDB #2*13 OUT OF STRING SPACE' ERROR
|
||
COM GARBFL TOGGLE REORGANIZATiON FLAG
|
||
BEQ LB555 ERROR IF FRESHLY REORGANIZED
|
||
BSR LB591 GO REORGANIZE STRING SPACE
|
||
PULS B GET BACK THE NUMBER OF BYTES TO RESERVE
|
||
BRA LB56F TRY TO RESERVE ACCB BYTES AGAIN
|
||
* REORGANIZE THE STRING SPACE
|
||
LB591 LDX MEMSIZ GET THE TOP OF STRING SPACE
|
||
LB593 STX STRTAB SAVE TOP OF UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
CLRA * ZERO OUT ACCD
|
||
CLRB * AND RESET VARIABLE
|
||
STD V4B * POINTER TO 0
|
||
LDX FRETOP POINT X TO START OF STRING SPACE
|
||
STX V47 SAVE POINTER IN V47
|
||
LDX #STRSTK POINT X TO START OF STRING DESCRIPTOR STACK
|
||
LB5A0 CMPX TEMPPT COMPARE TO ADDRESS OF NEXT AVAILABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
BEQ LB5A8 BRANCH IF TOP OF STRING STACK
|
||
BSR LB5D8 CHECK FOR STRING IN UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
BRA LB5A0 KEEP CHECKING
|
||
LB5A8 LDX VARTAB GET THE END OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LB5AA CMPX ARYTAB COMPARE TO END OF VARIABLES
|
||
BEQ LB5B2 BRANCH IF AT TOP OF VARIABLES
|
||
BSR LB5D2 CHECK FOR STRING IN UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
BRA LB5AA KEEP CHECKING VARIABLES
|
||
LB5B2 STX V41 SAVE ADDRESS OF THE END OF VARIABLES
|
||
LB5B4 LDX V41 GET CURRENT ARRAY POINTER
|
||
LB5B6 CMPX ARYEND COMPARE TO THE END OF ARRAYS
|
||
BEQ LB5EF BRANCH IF AT END OF ARRAYS
|
||
LDD 2,X GET LENGTH OF ARRAY AND DESCRIPTOR
|
||
ADDD V41 * ADD TO CURRENT ARRAY POINTER
|
||
STD V41 * AND SAVE IT
|
||
LDA 1,X GET 1ST CHARACTER OF VARIABLE NAME
|
||
BPL LB5B4 BRANCH IF NUMERIC ARRAY
|
||
LDB 4,X GET THE NUMBER OF DIMENSIONS IN THIS ARRAY
|
||
ASLB MULTIPLY BY 2
|
||
ADDB #5 ADD FIVE BYTES (VARIABLE NAME, ARRAY
|
||
* LENGTH, NUMBER DIMENSIONS)
|
||
ABX X NOW POINTS TO START OF ARRAY ELEMENTS
|
||
LB5CA CMPX V41 AT END OF THIS ARRAY?
|
||
BEQ LB5B6 YES - CHECK FOR ANOTHER
|
||
BSR LB5D8 CHECK FOR STRING LOCATED IN
|
||
* UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
BRA LB5CA KEEP CHECKING ELEMENTS IN THIS ARRAY
|
||
LB5D2 LDA 1,X GET F1RST BYTE OF VARIABLE NAME
|
||
LEAX 2,X MOVE POINTER TO DESCRIPTOR
|
||
BPL LB5EC BRANCH IF VARIABLE IS NUMERIC
|
||
* SEARCH FOR STRING - ENTER WITH X POINTING TO
|
||
* THE STRING DESCRIPTOR. IF STRING IS STORED
|
||
* BETWEEN V47 AND STRTAB, SAVE DESCRIPTOR POINTER
|
||
* IN V4B AND RESET V47 TO STRING ADDRESS
|
||
LB5D8 LDB ,X GET THE LENGTH OF THE STRING
|
||
BEQ LB5EC BRANCH IF NULL - NO STRING
|
||
LDD 2,X GET STARTING ADDRESS OF THE STRING
|
||
CMPD STRTAB COMPARE TO THE START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
BHI LB5EC BRANCH IF THIS STRING IS STORED IN
|
||
* THE STRING VARIABLES
|
||
CMPD V47 COMPARE TO START OF STRING SPACE
|
||
BLS LB5EC BRANCH IF NOT STORED IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
STX V4B SAVE VARIABLE POINTER IF STORED IN STRING SPACE
|
||
STD V47 SAVE STRING STARTING ADDRESS
|
||
LB5EC LEAX 5,X MOVE TO NEXT VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LB5EE RTS
|
||
LB5EF LDX V4B GET ADDRESS OF THE DESCRIPTOR FOR THE
|
||
* STRING WHICH IS STORED IN THE HIGHEST RAM ADDRESS IN
|
||
* THE UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
BEQ LB5EE BRANCH IF NONE FOUND AND REORGANIZATION DONE
|
||
CLRA CLEAR MS BYTE OF LENGTH
|
||
LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF STRING
|
||
DECB SUBTRACT ONE
|
||
ADDD V47 ADD LENGTH OF STRING TO ITS STARTING ADDRESS
|
||
STD V43 SAVE AS MOVE STARTING ADDRESS
|
||
LDX STRTAB POINT X TO THE START OF ORGANIZED STRING VARIABLES
|
||
STX V41 SAVE AS MOVE ENDING ADDRESS
|
||
JSR LAC20 MOVE STRING FROM CURRENT POSITION TO THE
|
||
* TOP OF UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
LDX V4B POINT X TO STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDD V45 * GET NEW STARTING ADDRESS OF STRING AND
|
||
STD 2,X * SAVE IT IN DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDX V45 GET NEW TOP OF UNORGANIZED STRING SPACE
|
||
LEAX -1,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
JMP LB593 JUMP BACK AND REORGANIZE SOME MORE
|
||
|
||
|
||
LB60F LDD FPA0+2 * GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF STRING A
|
||
PSHS B,A * AND SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB223 GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF STRING B
|
||
JSR LB146 TM' ERROR IF NUMERIC VARIABLE
|
||
PULS X * POINT X TO STRING A DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STX RESSGN * ADDRESS AND SAVE IT IN RESSGN
|
||
LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF STRING A
|
||
LDX FPA0+2 POINT X TO DESCRIPTOR OF STRING B
|
||
ADDB ,X ADD LENGTH OF STRING B TO STR1NG A
|
||
BCC LB62A BRANCH IF LENGTH < 256
|
||
LDB #2*14 STRING TOO LONG' ERROR IF LENGTH > 255
|
||
JMP LAC46 JUMP TO ERROR SERVICING ROUTINE
|
||
LB62A JSR LB50D RESERVE ROOM IN STRING SPACE FOR NEW STRING
|
||
LDX RESSGN GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF STRING A
|
||
LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF STRING A
|
||
BSR LB643 MOVE STRING A INTO RESERVED BUFFER IN STRING SPACE
|
||
LDX V4D GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF STRING B
|
||
BSR LB659 GET LENGTH AND ADDRESS OF STRING B
|
||
BSR LB645 MOVE STRING B INTO REST OF RESERVED BUFFER
|
||
LDX RESSGN POINT X TO DESCRIPTOR OF STRING A
|
||
BSR LB659 DELETE STRING A IF LAST STRING ON STRING STACK
|
||
JSR LB54C PUT STRING DESCRIPTOR ON THE STRING STACK
|
||
JMP LB168 BRANCH BACK TO EXPRESSION EVALUATION
|
||
|
||
* MOVE (B) BYTES FROM 2,X TO FRESPC
|
||
LB643 LDX 2,X POINT X TO SOURCE ADDRESS
|
||
LB645 LDU FRESPC POINT U TO DESTINATION ADDRESS
|
||
INCB COMPENSATION FOR THE DECB BELOW
|
||
BRA LB64E GO MOVE THE BYTES
|
||
* MOVE B BYTES FROM (X) TO (U)
|
||
LB64A LDA ,X+ * GET A SOURCE BYTE AND MOVE IT
|
||
STA ,U+ * TO THE DESTINATION
|
||
LB64E DECB DECREMENT BYTE COUNTER
|
||
BNE LB64A BRANCH IF ALL BYTES NOT MOVED
|
||
STU FRESPC SAVE ENDING ADDRESS IN FRESPC
|
||
RTS
|
||
* RETURN LENGTH (ACCB) AND ADDRESS (X) OF
|
||
* STRING WHOSE DESCRIPTOR IS IN FPA0+2
|
||
* DELETE THE STRING IF IT IS THE LAST ONE
|
||
* PUT ON THE STRING STACK. REMOVE STRING FROM STRING
|
||
* SPACE IF IT IS AT THE BOTTOM OF STRING VARIABLES.
|
||
LB654 JSR LB146 TM' ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPE = NUMERIC
|
||
LB657 LDX FPA0+2 GET ADDRESS OF SELECTED STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LB659 LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF STRING
|
||
BSR LB675 * CHECK TO SEE IF THIS STRING DESCRIPTOR WAS
|
||
BNE LB672 * THE LAST ONE PUT ON THE STRING STACK AND
|
||
* * BRANCH IF NOT
|
||
LDX 5+2,X GET START ADDRESS OF STRING JUST REMOVED
|
||
LEAX -1,X MOVE POINTER DOWN ONE
|
||
CMPX STRTAB COMPARE TO START OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
BNE LB66F BRANCH IF THIS STRING IS NOT AT THE BOTTOM
|
||
* OF STRING VARIABLES
|
||
PSHS B SAVE LENGTH; ACCA WAS CLEARED
|
||
ADDD STRTAB * ADD THE LENGTH OF THE JUST REMOVED STRING
|
||
STD STRTAB * TO THE START OF STRING VARIABLES - THIS WILL
|
||
* * REMOVE THE STRING FROM THE STRING SPACE
|
||
PULS B RESTORE LENGTH
|
||
LB66F LEAX 1,X ADD ONE TO POINTER
|
||
RTS
|
||
LB672 LDX 2,X *POINT X TO ADDRESS OF STRING NOT
|
||
RTS *ON THE STRING STACK
|
||
* REMOVE STRING FROM STRING STACK. ENTER WITH X
|
||
* POINTING TO A STRING DESCRIPTOR - DELETE THE
|
||
* STRING FROM STACK IF IT IS ON TOP OF THE
|
||
* STACK. IF THE STRING IS DELETED, SET THE ZERO FLAG
|
||
LB675 CMPX LASTPT *COMPARE TO LAST USED DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
BNE LB680 *ON THE STRING STACK, RETURN IF DESCRIPTOR
|
||
* *ADDRESS NOT ON THE STRING STACK
|
||
STX TEMPPT SAVE LAST USED DESCRIPTOR AS NEXT AVAILABLE
|
||
LEAX -5,X * MOVE LAST USED DESCRIPTOR BACK 5 BYTES
|
||
STX LASTPT * AND SAVE AS THE LAST USED DESCRIPTOR ADDR
|
||
CLRA SET ZERO FLAG
|
||
LB680 RTS
|
||
|
||
* LEN
|
||
LEN BSR LB686 POINT X TO PROPER STRING AND GET LENGTH
|
||
LB683 JMP LB4F3 CONVERT ACCB TO FP NUMBER IN FPA0
|
||
* POINT X TO STRING ADDRESS LOAD LENGTH INTO
|
||
* ACCB. ENTER WITH THE STRING DESCRIPTOR IN
|
||
* BOTTOM TWO BYTES OF FPA0
|
||
LB686 BSR LB654 GET LENGTH AND ADDRESS OF STRING
|
||
CLR VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
TSTB SET FLAGS ACCORDING TO LENGTH
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* CHR$
|
||
CHR JSR LB70E CONVERT FPA0 TO AN INTEGER IN ACCD
|
||
LB68F LDB #1 * RESERVE ONE BYTE IN
|
||
JSR LB56D * THE STRING SPACE
|
||
LDA FPA0+3 GET ASCII STRING VALUE
|
||
JSR LB511 SAVE RESERVED STRING DESCRIPTOR IN TEMP DESCRIPTOR
|
||
STA ,X SAVE THE STRING (IT’S ONLY ONE BYTE)
|
||
LB69B LEAS 2,S PURGE THE RETURN ADDRESS OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
LB69D JMP LB54C PUT TEMP DESCRIPTOR DATA ONTO STRING STACK
|
||
|
||
|
||
ASC BSR LB6A4 PUT 1ST CHARACTER OF STRING INTO ACCB
|
||
BRA LB683 CONVERT ACCB INTO FP NUMBER IN FPA0
|
||
LB6A4 BSR LB686 POINT X TO STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
BEQ LB706 FC' ERROR IF NULL STRING
|
||
LDB ,X GET FIRST BYTE OF STRING
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
|
||
LEFT BSR LB6F5 GET ARGUMENTS FROM STACK
|
||
LB6AD CLRA CLEAR STRING POINTER OFFSET - OFFSET = 0 FOR LEFT$
|
||
LB6AE CMPB ,X * COMPARE LENGTH PARAMETER TO LENGTH OF
|
||
BLS LB6B5 * STRING AND BRANCH IF LENGTH OF STRING
|
||
* >= LENGTH PARAMETER
|
||
LDB ,X USE LENGTH OF STRING OTHERWISE
|
||
CLRA CLEAR STRING POINTER OFFSET (0 FOR LEFT$)
|
||
LB6B5 PSHS B,A PUSH PARAMETERS ONTO STACK
|
||
JSR LB50F RESERVE ACCB BYTES IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
LDX V4D POINT X TO STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
BSR LB659 GET ADDRESS OF OLD STRING (X=ADDRESS)
|
||
PULS B * PULL STRING POINTER OFFSET OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
ABX * AND ADD IT TO STRING ADDRESS
|
||
PULS B PULL LENGTH PARAMETER OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB645 MOVE ACCB BYTES FROM (X) TO [FRESPC]
|
||
BRA LB69D PUT TEMP STRING DESCRIPTOR ONTO THE STRING STACK
|
||
|
||
* RIGHT$
|
||
RIGHT BSR LB6F5 GET ARGUMENTS FROM STACK
|
||
SUBA ,X ACCA=LENGTH PARAMETER - LENGTH OF OLD STRING
|
||
NEGA NOW ACCA = LENGTH OF OLD STRING
|
||
BRA LB6AE PUT NEW STRING IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
|
||
* MID$
|
||
MID LDB #$FF * GET DEFAULT VALUE OF LENGTH AND
|
||
STB FPA0+3 * SAVE IT IN FPA0
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPA #') ARGUMENT DELIMITER?
|
||
BEQ LB6DE YES - NO LENGTH PARAMETER GIVEN
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
BSR LB70B EVALUATE NUMERIC EXPRESSION (LENGTH)
|
||
LB6DE BSR LB6F5 GET ARGUMENTS FROM STACK
|
||
BEQ LB706 FC' ERROR IF NULL STRING
|
||
CLRB CLEAR LENGTH COUNTER (DEFAULT VALUE)
|
||
DECA *SUOTRACT ONE FROM POSITION PARAMETER (THESE
|
||
CMPA ,X *ROUTINES EXPECT 1ST POSITION TO BE ZERO, NOT ONE)
|
||
* *AND COMPARE IT TO LENGTH OF OLD STRING
|
||
BCC LB6B5 IF POSITION > LENGTH OF OLD STRING, THEN NEW
|
||
* STRING WILL BE A NULL STRING
|
||
TFR A,B SAVE ABSOLUTE POSITION PARAMETER IN ACCB
|
||
SUBB ,X ACCB=POSITION-LENGTH OF OLD STRING
|
||
NEGB NOW ACCB=LENGTH OF OLDSTRING-POSITION
|
||
CMPB FPA0+3 *IF THE AMOUNT OF OLD STRING TO THE RIGHT OF
|
||
BLS LB6B5 *POSITION IS <= THE LENGTH PARAMETER, BRANCH AND
|
||
* USE ALL OF THE STRING TO THE RIGHT OF THE POSITION
|
||
* INSTEAD OF THE LENGTH PARAMETER
|
||
LDB FPA0+3 GET LENGTH OF NEW STRING
|
||
BRA LB6B5 PUT NEW STRING IN STRING SPACE
|
||
* DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ")", THEN PULL THE PREVIOUSLY CALCULATED NUMERIC
|
||
* ARGUMENT (ACCD) AND STRING ARGUMENT DESCRIPTOR ADDR OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
LB6F5 JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR A ")"
|
||
LDU ,S LOAD THE RETURN ADDRESS INTO U REGISTER
|
||
LDX 5,S * GET ADDRESS OF STRING AND
|
||
STX V4D * SAVE IT IN V4D
|
||
LDA 4,S = PUT LENGTH OF STRING IN
|
||
LDB 4,S = BOTH ACCA AND ACCB
|
||
LEAS 7,S REMOVE DESCRIPTOR AND RETURN ADDRESS FROM STACK
|
||
TFR U,PC JUMP TO ADDRESS IN U REGISTER
|
||
LB706 JMP LB44A ILLEGAL FUNCTION CALL'
|
||
* EVALUATE AN EXPRESSION - RETURN AN INTEGER IN
|
||
* ACCB - 'FC' ERROR IF EXPRESSION > 255
|
||
LB709 JSR GETNCH GET NEXT BASIC INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LB70B JSR LB141 EVALUATE A NUMERIC EXPRESSION
|
||
LB70E JSR LB3E9 CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER IN ACCD
|
||
TSTA TEST MS BYTE OF INTEGER
|
||
BNE LB706 FC' ERROR IF EXPRESSION > 255
|
||
JMP GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
|
||
* VAL
|
||
VAL JSR LB686 POINT X TO STRING ADDRESS
|
||
LBEQ LBA39 IF NULL STRING SET FPA0
|
||
LDU CHARAD SAVE INPUT POINTER IN REGISTER U
|
||
STX CHARAD POINT INPUT POINTER TO ADDRESS OF STRING
|
||
ABX MOVE POINTER TO END OF STRING TERMINATOR
|
||
LDA ,X GET LAST BYTE OF STRING
|
||
PSHS U,X,A SAVE INPUT POINTER, STRING TERMINATOR
|
||
* ADDRESS AND CHARACTER
|
||
CLR ,X CLEAR STRING TERMINATOR : FOR ASCII - FP CONVERSION
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
JSR LBD12 CONVERT AN ASCII STRING TO FLOATING POINT
|
||
PULS A,X,U RESTORE CHARACTERS AND POINTERS
|
||
STA ,X REPLACE STRING TERMINATOR
|
||
STU CHARAD RESTORE INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
LB734 BSR LB73D * EVALUATE AN EXPRESSION, RETURN
|
||
STX BINVAL * THE VALUE IN X; STORE IT IN BINVAL
|
||
LB738 JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR A COMMA
|
||
BRA LB70B EVALUATE EXPRESSION IN RANGE 0 <= X < 256
|
||
* EVALUATE EXPRESSION : RETURN INTEGER PORTION IN X - 'FC' ERROR IF
|
||
|
||
LB73D JSR LB141 EVALUATE NUMERIC EXPRESSION
|
||
LB740 LDA FP0SGN GET SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
BMI LB706 ILLEGAL FUNCTION CALL' IF NEGATIVE
|
||
LDA FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
CMPA #$90 COMPARE TO LARGEST POSITIVE INTEGER
|
||
BHI LB706 ILLEGAL FUNCTION CALL' IF TOO LARGE
|
||
JSR LBCC8 SHIFT BINARY POINT TO EXTREME RIGHT OF FPA0
|
||
LDX FPA0+2 LOAD X WITH LOWER TWO BYTES OF FPA0
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* PEEK
|
||
PEEK BSR LB740 CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER IN REGISTER X
|
||
LDB ,X GET THE VALUE BEING 'PEEK'ED
|
||
JMP LB4F3 CONVERT ACCB INTO A FP NUMBER
|
||
|
||
* POKE
|
||
POKE BSR LB734 EVALUATE 2 EXPRESSIONS
|
||
LDX BINVAL GET THE ADDRESS TO BE 'POKE'ED
|
||
STB ,X STORE THE DATA IN THAT ADDRESS
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
|
||
* LIST
|
||
LIST PSHS CC SAVE ZERO FLAG ON STACK
|
||
JSR LAF67 CONVERT DECIMAL LINE NUMBER TO BINARY
|
||
JSR LAD01 * FIND RAM ADDRESS OF THAT LINE NUMBER AND
|
||
STX LSTTXT * SAVE IT IN LSTTXT
|
||
PULS CC GET ZERO FLAG FROM STACK
|
||
BEQ LB784 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BEQ LB789 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA #TOK_MINUS MINUS TOKEN (IS IT A RANGE OF LINE NUMBERS?)
|
||
BNE LB783 NO - RETURN
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BEQ LB784 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
JSR LAF67 GET ENDING LINE NUMBER
|
||
BEQ LB789 BRANCH IF LEGAL LINE NUMBER
|
||
LB783 RTS
|
||
* LIST THE ENTIRE PROGRAM
|
||
LB784 LDU #$FFFF * SET THE DEFAULT ENDING LINE NUMBER
|
||
STU BINVAL * TO $FFFF
|
||
LB789 LEAS 2,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS FROM THE STACK
|
||
LDX LSTTXT POINT X TO STARTING LINE ADDRESS
|
||
LB78D JSR LB95C MOVE CURSOR TO START OF A NEW LINE
|
||
JSR LA549 CHECK FOR A BREAK OR PAUSE
|
||
LDD ,X GET ADDRESS OF NEXT BASIC LINE
|
||
BNE LB79F BRANCH IF NOT END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LB797
|
||
JMP LAC73 RETURN TO BASIC’S MAIN INPUT LOOP
|
||
LB79F STX LSTTXT SAVE NEW STARTING LINE ADDRESS
|
||
LDD 2,X * GET THE LINE NUMBER OF THIS LINE AND
|
||
CMPD BINVAL * COMPARE IT TO ENDING LINE NUMBER
|
||
BHI LB797 EXIT IF LINE NUMBER > ENDING LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LBDCC PRINT THE NUMBER IN ACCD ON SCREEN IN DECIMAL
|
||
JSR LB9AC SEND A SPACE TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LDX LSTTXT GET RAM ADDRESS OF THIS LINE
|
||
BSR LB7C2 UNCRUNCH A LINE
|
||
LDX [LSTTXT] POINT X TO START OF NEXT LINE
|
||
LDU #LINBUF+1 POINT U TO BUFFER FULL OF UNCRUNCHED LINE
|
||
LB7B9 LDA ,U+ GET A BYTE FROM THE BUFFER
|
||
BEQ LB78D BRANCH IF END OF BUFFER
|
||
JSR LB9B1 SEND CHARACTER TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
BRA LB7B9 GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
|
||
* UNCRUNCH A LINE INTO BASIC’S LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
LB7C2 LEAX 4,X MOVE POINTER PAST ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE AND LINE NUMBER
|
||
LDY #LINBUF+1 UNCRUNCH LINE INTO LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
LB7CB LDA ,X+ GET A CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LB820 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
BMI LB7E6 BRANCH IF IT’S A TOKEN
|
||
CMPA #': CHECK FOR END OF SUB LINE
|
||
BNE LB7E2 BRNCH IF NOT END OF SUB LINE
|
||
LDB ,X GET CHARACTER FOLLOWING COLON
|
||
CMPB #TOK_ELSE TOKEN FOR ELSE?
|
||
BEQ LB7CB YES - DON’T PUT IT IN BUFFER
|
||
CMPB #TOK_SNGL_Q TOKEN FOR REMARK?
|
||
BEQ LB7CB YES - DON’T PUT IT IN BUFFER
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
LB7E0 LDA #'! EXCLAMATION POINT
|
||
LB7E2 BSR LB814 PUT CHARACTER IN BUFFER
|
||
BRA LB7CB GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
|
||
LB7E6 LDU #COMVEC-10 FIRST DO COMMANDS
|
||
CMPA #$FF CHECK FOR SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
BNE LB7F1 BRANCH IF NON SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
LEAU 5,U BUMP IT UP TO SECONDARY FUNCTIONS
|
||
LB7F1 ANDA #$7F MASK OFF BIT 7 OF TOKEN
|
||
LB7F3 LEAU 10,U MOVE TO NEXT COMMAND TABLE
|
||
TST ,U IS THIS TABLE ENABLED?
|
||
BEQ LB7E0 NO - ILLEGAL TOKEN
|
||
SUBA ,U SUBTRACT THE NUMBER OF TOKENS FROM THE CURRENT TOKEN NUMBER
|
||
BPL LB7F3 BRANCH IF TOKEN NOT IN THIS TABLE
|
||
ADDA ,U RESTORE TOKEN NUMBER RELATIVE TO THIS TABLE
|
||
LDU 1,U POINT U TO COMMAND DICTIONARY TABLE
|
||
LB801 DECA DECREMENT TOKEN NUMBER
|
||
BMI LB80A BRANCH IF THIS IS THE CORRECT TOKEN
|
||
* SKIP THROUGH DICTIONARY TABLE TO START OF NEXT TOKEN
|
||
LB804 TST ,U+ GRAB A BYTE
|
||
BPL LB804 BRANCH IF BIT 7 NOT SET
|
||
BRA LB801 GO SEE IF THIS IS THE CORRECT TOKEN
|
||
LB80A LDA ,U GET A CHARACTER FROM DICTIONARY TABLE
|
||
BSR LB814 PUT CHARACTER IN BUFFER
|
||
TST ,U+ CHECK FOR START OF NEXT TOKEN
|
||
BPL LB80A BRANCH IF NOT DONE WITH THIS TOKEN
|
||
BRA LB7CB GO GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
LB814 CMPY #LINBUF+LBUFMX TEST FOR END OF LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
BCC LB820 BRANCH IF AT END OF BUFFER
|
||
ANDA #$7F MASK OFF BIT 7
|
||
STA ,Y+ * SAVE CHARACTER IN BUFFER AND
|
||
CLR ,Y * CLEAR NEXT CHARACTER SLOT IN BUFFER
|
||
LB820 RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* CRUNCH THE LINE THAT THE INPUT POINTER IS
|
||
* POINTING TO INTO THE LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
* RETURN LENGTH OF CRUNCHED LINE IN ACCD
|
||
*
|
||
LB821 LDX CHARAD GET BASIC'S INPUT POINTER ADDRESS
|
||
LDU #LINBUF POINT X TO LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
LB829 CLR V43 CLEAR ILLEGAL TOKEN FLAG
|
||
CLR V44 CLEAR DATA FLAG
|
||
LB82D LDA ,X+ GET INPUT CHAR
|
||
BEQ LB852 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
TST V43 * CHECK ILLEGAL TOKEN FLAG & BRANCH IF NOT
|
||
BEQ LB844 * PROCESSING AN ILLEGAL TOKEN
|
||
JSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT UPPER CASE ALPHA
|
||
BCC LB852 BRANCH IF UPPER CASE ALPHA
|
||
CMPA #'0 * DON’T CRUNCH ASCII NUMERIC CHARACTERS
|
||
BLO LB842 * BRANCH IF NOT NUMERIC
|
||
CMPA #'9 *
|
||
BLS LB852 * BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
* END UP HERE IF NOT UPPER CASE ALPHA OR NUMERIC
|
||
LB842 CLR V43 CLEAR ILLEGAL TOKEN FLAG
|
||
LB844 CMPA #SPACE SPACE?
|
||
BEQ LB852 DO NOT REMOVE SPACES
|
||
STA V42 SAVE INPUT CHARACTER AS SCAN DELIMITER
|
||
CMPA #'" CHECK FOR STRING DELIMITER
|
||
BEQ LB886 BRANCH IF STRING
|
||
TST V44 * CHECK DATA FLAG AND BRANCH IF CLEAR
|
||
BEQ LB86B * DO NOT CRUNCH DATA
|
||
LB852 STA ,U+ SAVE CHARACTER IN BUFFER
|
||
BEQ LB85C BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA #': * CHECK FOR END OF SUBLINE
|
||
BEQ LB829 * AND RESET FLAGS IF END OF SUBLINE
|
||
LB85A BRA LB82D GO GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
LB85C CLR ,U+ * DOUBLE ZERO AT END OF LINE
|
||
CLR ,U+ *
|
||
TFR U,D SAVE ADDRESS OF END OF LINE IN ACCD
|
||
SUBD #LINHDR LENGTH OF LINE IN ACCD
|
||
LDX #LINBUF-1 * SET THE INPUT POINTER TO ONE BEFORE
|
||
STX CHARAD * THE START OF THE CRUNCHED LINE
|
||
RTS EXIT 'CRUNCH'
|
||
LB86B CMPA #'? CHECK FOR "?" - PRINT ABBREVIATION
|
||
BNE LB873 BRANCH IF NOT PRINT ABBREVIATION
|
||
LDA #TOK_PRINT * GET THE PRINT TOKEN AND SAVE IT
|
||
BRA LB852 * IN BUFFER
|
||
LB873 CMPA #'' APOSTROPHE IS SAME AS REM
|
||
BNE LB88A BRANCH IF NOT REMARK
|
||
LDD #$3A00+TOK_SNGL_Q COLON, REM TOKEN
|
||
STD ,U++ SAVE IN BUFFER
|
||
LB87C CLR V42 SET DELIMITER = 0 (END OF LINE)
|
||
LB87E LDA ,X+ SCAN TILL WE MATCH [V42]
|
||
BEQ LB852 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA V42 DELIMITER?
|
||
BEQ LB852 BRANCH OUT IF SO
|
||
LB886 STA ,U+ DON’T CRUNCH REMARKS OR STRINGS
|
||
BRA LB87E GO GET MORE STRING OR REMARK
|
||
LB88A CMPA #'0 * LESS THAN ASCII ZERO?
|
||
BCS LB892 * BRANCH IF SO
|
||
CMPA #';+1 = CHECK FOR NUMERIC VALUE, COLON OR SEMICOLON
|
||
BCS LB852 = AND INSERT IN BUFFER IF SO
|
||
LB892 LEAX -1,X MOVE INPUT POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
PSHS U,X SAVE POINTERS TO INPUT STRING, OUTPUT STRING
|
||
CLR V41 TOKEN FLAG 0 = COMMAND, FF = SECONDARY
|
||
LDU #COMVEC-10 POINT U TO COMMAND INTERPRETATION
|
||
* TABLE FOR BASIC - 10
|
||
LB89B CLR V42 INITIALIZE V42 AS TOKEN COUNTER
|
||
LB89D LEAU 10,U MOVE TO NEXT COMMAND INTERPRETATION TABLE
|
||
LDA ,U GET NUMBER OF COMMANDS
|
||
BEQ LB8D4 GO DO SECONDARY FUNCTIONS IF NO COMMAND TABLE
|
||
LDY 1,U POINT Y TO COMMAND DICTIONARY TABLE
|
||
LB8A6 LDX ,S GET POINTER TO INPUT STRING
|
||
LB8A8 LDB ,Y+ GET A BYTE FROM DICTIONARY TABLE
|
||
SUBB ,X+ SUBTRACT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ LB8A8 LOOP IF SAME
|
||
CMPB #$80 LAST CHAR IN RESERVED WORD TABLE HAD
|
||
* BIT 7 SET, SO IF WE HAVE $80 HERE
|
||
* THEN IT IS A GOOD COMPARE
|
||
BNE LB8EA BRANCH IF NO MATCH - CHECK ANOTHER COMMAND
|
||
LEAS 2,S DELETE OLD INPUT POINTER FROM STACK
|
||
PULS U GET POINTER TO OUTPUT STRING
|
||
ORB V42 OR IN THE TABLE POSITION TO MAKE THE TOKEN
|
||
* - NOTE THAT B ALREADY HAD $80 IN IT -
|
||
LDA V41 * CHECK TOKEN FLAG AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE LB8C2 * IF SECONDARY
|
||
CMPB #TOK_ELSE IS IT ELSE TOKEN?
|
||
BNE LB8C6 NO
|
||
LDA #': PUT A COLON (SUBLINE) BEFORE ELSE TOKEN
|
||
LB8C2 STD ,U++ SECONDARY TOKENS PRECEEDED BY $FF
|
||
BRA LB85A GO PROCESS MORE INPUT CHARACTERS
|
||
LB8C6 STB ,U+ SAVE THIS TOKEN
|
||
CMPB #TOK_DATA DATA TOKEN?
|
||
BNE LB8CE NO
|
||
INC V44 SET DATA FLAG
|
||
LB8CE CMPB #TOK_REM REM TOKEN?
|
||
BEQ LB87C YES
|
||
LB8D2 BRA LB85A GO PROCESS MORE INPUT CHARACTERS
|
||
* CHECK FOR A SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
LB8D4 LDU #COMVEC-5 NOW DO SECONDARY FUNCTIONS
|
||
COM V41 TOGGLE THE TOKEN FLAG
|
||
BNE LB89B BRANCH IF NOW CHECKING SECONDARY COMMANDS
|
||
|
||
* THIS CODE WILL PROCESS INPUT DATA WHICH CANNOT BE CRUNCHED AND SO
|
||
* IS ASSUMED TO BE ILLEGAL DATA OR AN ILLEGAL TOKEN
|
||
PULS X,U RESTORE INPUT AND OUTPUT POINTERS
|
||
LDA ,X+ * MOVE THE FIRST CHARACTER OF AN
|
||
STA ,U+ * ILLEGAL TOKEN
|
||
JSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
BCS LB8D2 BRANCH IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
COM V43 SET ILLEGAL TOKEN FLAG IF UPPER CASE ALPHA
|
||
BRA LB8D2 PROCESS MORE INPUT CHARACTERS
|
||
LB8EA INC V42 INCREMENT TOKEN COUNTER
|
||
DECA DECR COMMAND COUNTER
|
||
BEQ LB89D GET ANOTHER COMMAND TABLE IF DONE W/THIS ONE
|
||
LEAY -1,Y MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
LB8F1 LDB ,Y+ * GET TO NEXT
|
||
BPL LB8F1 * RESERVED WORD
|
||
BRA LB8A6 GO SEE IF THIS WORD IS A MATCH
|
||
|
||
* PRINT
|
||
PRINT BEQ LB958 BRANCH IF NO ARGUMENT
|
||
BSR LB8FE CHECK FOR ALL PRINT OPTIONS
|
||
RTS
|
||
LB8FE
|
||
LB918 JSR XVEC9 CALL EXTENDED BASIC ADD-IN
|
||
LB91B BEQ LB965 RETURN IF END OF LINE
|
||
LB91D CMPA #TOK_TAB TOKEN FOR TAB( ?
|
||
BEQ LB97E YES
|
||
CMPA #', COMMA?
|
||
BEQ LB966 YES - ADVANCE TO NEXT TAB FIELD
|
||
CMPA #'; SEMICOLON?
|
||
BEQ LB997 YES - DO NOT ADVANCE CURSOR
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
LDA VALTYP * GET VARIABLE TYPE AND
|
||
PSHS A * SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
BNE LB938 BRANCH IF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
JSR LBDD9 CONVERT FP NUMBER TO AN ASCII STRING
|
||
JSR LB516 PARSE A STRING FROM (X-1) AND PUT
|
||
* DESCRIPTOR ON STRING STACK
|
||
LB938 BSR LB99F PRINT STRING POINTED TO BY X
|
||
PULS B GET VARIABLE TYPE BACK
|
||
JSR LA35F SET UP TAB WIDTH ZONE, ETC
|
||
LB949 TSTB CHECK CURRENT PRINT POSITION
|
||
BNE LB954 BRANCH IF NOT AT START OF LINE
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #', COMMA?
|
||
BEQ LB966 SKIP TO NEXT TAB FIELD
|
||
BSR LB9AC SEND A SPACE TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LB954 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BNE LB91D BRANCH IF NOT END OF LINE
|
||
LB958 LDA #CR * SEND A CR TO
|
||
BRA LB9B1 * CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LB95C JSR LA35F SET UP TAB WIDTH, ZONE ETC
|
||
BEQ LB958 BRANCH IF WIDTH = ZERO
|
||
LDA DEVPOS GET PRINT POSITION
|
||
BNE LB958 BRANCH IF NOT AT START OF LINE
|
||
LB965 RTS
|
||
* SKIP TO NEXT TAB FIELD
|
||
LB966 JSR LA35F SET UP TAB WIDTH, ZONE ETC
|
||
BEQ LB975 BRANCH IF LINE WIDTH = 0 (CASSETTE)
|
||
LDB DEVPOS GET CURRENT POSITION
|
||
CMPB DEVLCF COMPARE TO LAST TAB ZONE
|
||
BCS LB977 BRANCH IF < LAST TAB ZONE
|
||
BSR LB958 SEND A CARRIAGE RETURN TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
BRA LB997 GET MORE DATA
|
||
LB975 LDB DEVPOS *
|
||
LB977 SUBB DEVCFW * SUBTRACT TAB FIELD WIDTH FROM CURRENT
|
||
BCC LB977 * POSITION UNTIL CARRY SET - NEGATING THE
|
||
NEGB * REMAINDER LEAVES THE NUMBER OF SPACES TO NEXT
|
||
* * TAB ZONE IN ACCB
|
||
BRA LB98E GO ADVANCE TO NEXT TAB ZONE
|
||
|
||
* PRINT TAB(
|
||
LB97E JSR LB709 EVALUATE EXPRESSION - RETURN VALUE IN B
|
||
CMPA #') * 'SYNTAX' ERROR IF NOT ')'
|
||
LBNE LB277 *
|
||
JSR LA35F SET UP TAB WIDTH, ZONE ETC
|
||
SUBB DEVPOS GET DIFFERENCE OF PRINT POSITION & TAB POSITION
|
||
BLS LB997 BRANCH IF TAB POSITION < CURRENT POSITION
|
||
LB98E
|
||
LB992 BSR LB9AC SEND A SPACE TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
DECB DECREMENT DIFFERENCE COUNT
|
||
BNE LB992 BRANCH UNTIL CURRENT POSITION = TAB POSITION
|
||
LB997 JSR GETNCH GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
JMP LB91B LOOK FOR MORE PRINT DATA
|
||
* COPY A STRING FROM (X) TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LB99C JSR LB518 PARSE A STRING FROM X AND PUT
|
||
* DESCRIPTOR ON STRING STACK
|
||
LB99F JSR LB657 GET LENGTH OF STRING AND REMOVE
|
||
* DESCRIPTOR FROM STRING STACK
|
||
INCB COMPENSATE FOR DECB BELOW
|
||
LB9A3 DECB DECREMENT COUNTER
|
||
BEQ LB965 EXIT ROUTINE
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET A CHARACTER FROM X
|
||
BSR LB9B1 SEND TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
BRA LB9A3 KEEP LOOPING
|
||
LB9AC LDA #SPACE SPACE TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP NEXT TWO BYTES
|
||
LB9AF LDA #'? QUESTION MARK TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LB9B1 JMP PUTCHR JUMP TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
|
||
* FLOATING POINT MATH PACKAGE
|
||
|
||
* ADD .5 TO FPA0
|
||
LB9B4 LDX #LBEC0 FLOATING POINT CONSTANT (.5)
|
||
BRA LB9C2 ADD .5 TO FPA0
|
||
* SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM FP NUMBER POINTED
|
||
* TO BY (X), LEAVE RESULT IN FPA0
|
||
LB9B9 JSR LBB2F COPY PACKED FP DATA FROM (X) TO FPA1
|
||
|
||
* ARITHMETIC OPERATION (-) JUMPS HERE - SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM FPA1 (ENTER
|
||
* WITH EXPONENT OF FPA0 IN ACCB AND EXPONENT OF FPA1 IN ACCA)
|
||
LB9BC COM FP0SGN CHANGE MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
COM RESSGN REVERSE RESULT SIGN FLAG
|
||
BRA LB9C5 GO ADD FPA1 AND FPA0
|
||
* ADD FP NUMBER POINTED TO BY
|
||
* (X) TO FPA0 - LEAVE RESULT IN FPA0
|
||
LB9C2 JSR LBB2F UNPACK PACKED FP DATA FROM (X) TO
|
||
* FPA1; RETURN EXPONENT OF FPA1 IN ACCA
|
||
|
||
* ARITHMETIC OPERATION (+) JUMPS HERE - ADD FPA0 TO
|
||
|
||
LB9C5 TSTB CHECK EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
LBEQ LBC4A COPY FPA1 TO FPA0 IF FPA0 =
|
||
LDX #FP1EXP POINT X TO FPA1
|
||
LB9CD TFR A,B PUT EXPONENT OF FPA1 INTO ACCB
|
||
TSTB CHECK EXPONENT
|
||
BEQ LBA3E RETURN IF EXPONENT = 0 (ADDING 0 TO FPA0)
|
||
SUBB FP0EXP SUBTRACT EXPONENT OF FPA0 FROM EXPONENT OF FPA1
|
||
BEQ LBA3F BRANCH IF EXPONENTS ARE EQUAL
|
||
BCS LB9E2 BRANCH IF EXPONENT FPA0 > FPA1
|
||
STA FP0EXP REPLACE FPA0 EXPONENT WITH FPA1 EXPONENT
|
||
LDA FP1SGN * REPLACE FPA0 MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
STA FP0SGN * WITH FPA1 MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
LDX #FP0EXP POINT X TO FPA0
|
||
NEGB NEGATE DIFFERENCE OF EXPONENTS
|
||
LB9E2 CMPB #-8 TEST DIFFERENCE OF EXPONENTS
|
||
BLE LBA3F BRANCH IF DIFFERENCE OF EXPONENTS <= 8
|
||
CLRA CLEAR OVERFLOW BYTE
|
||
LSR 1,X SHIFT MS BYTE OF MANTISSA; BIT 7 = 0
|
||
JSR LBABA GO SHIFT MANTISSA OF (X) TO THE RIGHT (B) TIMES
|
||
LB9EC LDB RESSGN GET SIGN FLAG
|
||
BPL LB9FB BRANCH IF FPA0 AND FPA1 SIGNS ARE THE SAME
|
||
COM 1,X * COMPLEMENT MANTISSA POINTED
|
||
COM 2,X * TO BY (X) THE
|
||
COM 3,X * ADCA BELOW WILL
|
||
COM 4,X * CONVERT THIS OPERATION
|
||
COMA * INTO A NEG (MANTISSA)
|
||
ADCA #0 ADD ONE TO ACCA - COMA ALWAYS SETS THE CARRY FLAG
|
||
* THE PREVIOUS TWO BYTES MAY BE REPLACED BY A NEGA
|
||
*
|
||
* ADD MANTISSAS OF FPA0 AND FPA1, PUT RESULT IN FPA0
|
||
LB9FB STA FPSBYT SAVE FPA SUB BYTE
|
||
LDA FPA0+3 * ADD LS BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1+3 * OF MANTISSA
|
||
STA FPA0+3 SAVE IN FPA0 LSB
|
||
LDA FPA0+2 * ADD NEXT BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1+2 * OF MANTISSA
|
||
STA FPA0+2 SAVE IN FPA0
|
||
LDA FPA0+1 * ADD NEXT BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1+1 * OF MANTISSA
|
||
STA FPA0+1 SAVE IN FPA0
|
||
LDA FPA0 * ADD MS BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1 * OF MANTISSA
|
||
STA FPA0 SAVE IN FPA0
|
||
TSTB TEST SIGN FLAG
|
||
BPL LBA5C BRANCH IF FPA0 & FPA1 SIGNS WERE ALIKE
|
||
LBA18 BCS LBA1C BRANCH IF POSITIVE MANTISSA
|
||
BSR LBA79 NEGATE FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
|
||
* NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
LBA1C CLRB CLEAR TEMPORARY EXPONENT ACCUMULATOR
|
||
LBA1D LDA FPA0 TEST MSB OF MANTISSA
|
||
BNE LBA4F BRANCH IF <> 0
|
||
LDA FPA0+1 * IF THE MSB IS
|
||
STA FPA0 * 0, THEN SHIFT THE
|
||
LDA FPA0+2 * MANTISSA A WHOLE BYTE
|
||
STA FPA0+1 * AT A TIME. THIS
|
||
LDA FPA0+3 * IS FASTER THAN ONE
|
||
STA FPA0+2 * BIT AT A TIME
|
||
LDA FPSBYT * BUT USES MORE MEMORY.
|
||
STA FPA0+3 * FPSBYT, THE CARRY IN
|
||
CLR FPSBYT * BYTE, REPLACES THE MATISSA LSB.
|
||
ADDB #8 SHIFTING ONE BYTE = 8 BIT SHIFTS; ADD 8 TO EXPONENT
|
||
CMPB #5*8 CHECK FOR 5 SHIFTS
|
||
BLT LBA1D BRANCH IF < 5 SHIFTS, IF > 5, THEN MANTISSA = 0
|
||
LBA39 CLRA A ZERO EXPONENT = 0 FLOATING POINT
|
||
LBA3A STA FP0EXP ZERO OUT THE EXPONENT
|
||
STA FP0SGN ZERO OUT THE MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
LBA3E RTS
|
||
LBA3F BSR LBAAE SHIFT FPA0 MANTISSA TO RIGHT
|
||
CLRB CLEAR CARRY FLAG
|
||
BRA LB9EC
|
||
* SHIFT FPA0 LEFT ONE BIT UNTIL BIT 7
|
||
* OF MATISSA MS BYTE = 1
|
||
LBA44 INCB ADD ONE TO EXPONENT ACCUMULATOR
|
||
ASL FPSBYT SHIFT SUB BYTE ONE LEFT
|
||
ROL FPA0+3 SHIFT LS BYTE
|
||
ROL FPA0+2 SHIFT NS BYTE
|
||
ROL FPA0+1 SHIFT NS BYTE
|
||
ROL FPA0 SHIFT MS BYTE
|
||
LBA4F BPL LBA44 BRANCH IF NOT YET NORMALIZED
|
||
LDA FP0EXP GET CURRENT EXPONENT
|
||
PSHS B SAVE EXPONENT MODIFIER CAUSED BY NORMALIZATION
|
||
SUBA ,S+ SUBTRACT ACCUMULATED EXPONENT MODIFIER
|
||
STA FP0EXP SAVE AS NEW EXPONENT
|
||
BLS LBA39 SET FPA0 = 0 IF THE NORMALIZATION CAUSED
|
||
* MORE OR EQUAL NUMBER OF LEFT SHIFTS THAN THE
|
||
* SIZE OF THE EXPONENT
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP 2 BYTES
|
||
LBA5C BCS LBA66 BRANCH IF MANTISSA OVERFLOW
|
||
ASL FPSBYT SUB BYTE BIT 7 TO CARRY - USE AS ROUND-OFF
|
||
* FLAG (TRUNCATE THE REST OF SUB BYTE)
|
||
LDA #0 CLRA, BUT DO NOT CHANGE CARRY FLAG
|
||
STA FPSBYT CLEAR THE SUB BYTE
|
||
BRA LBA72 GO ROUND-OFF RESULT
|
||
LBA66 INC FP0EXP INCREMENT EXPONENT - MULTIPLY BY 2
|
||
BEQ LBA92 OVERFLOW ERROR IF CARRY PAST $FF
|
||
ROR FPA0 * SHIFT MANTISSA
|
||
ROR FPA0+1 * ONE TO
|
||
ROR FPA0+2 * THE RIGHT -
|
||
ROR FPA0+3 * DIVIDE BY TWO
|
||
LBA72 BCC LBA78 BRANCH IF NO ROUND-OFF NEEDED
|
||
BSR LBA83 ADD ONE TO MANTISSA - ROUND OFF
|
||
BEQ LBA66 BRANCH iF OVERFLOW - MANTISSA = 0
|
||
LBA78 RTS
|
||
* NEGATE FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
LBA79 COM FP0SGN TOGGLE SIGN OF MANTISSA
|
||
LBA7B COM FPA0 * COMPLEMENT ALL 4 MANTISSA BYTES
|
||
COM FPA0+1 *
|
||
COM FPA0+2 *
|
||
COM FPA0+3 *
|
||
* ADD ONE TO FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
LBA83 LDX FPA0+2 * GET BOTTOM 2 MANTISSA
|
||
LEAX 1,X * BYTES, ADD ONE TO
|
||
STX FPA0+2 * THEM AND SAVE THEM
|
||
BNE LBA91 BRANCH IF NO OVERFLOW
|
||
LDX FPA0 * IF OVERFLOW ADD ONE
|
||
LEAX 1,X * TO TOP 2 MANTISSA
|
||
STX FPA0 * BYTES AND SAVE THEM
|
||
LBA91 RTS
|
||
LBA92 LDB #2*5 OV' OVERFLOW ERROR
|
||
JMP LAC46 PROCESS AN ERROR
|
||
LBA97 LDX #FPA2-1 POINT X TO FPA2
|
||
* SHIFT FPA POINTED TO BY (X) TO
|
||
* THE RIGHT -(B) TIMES. EXIT WITH
|
||
* ACCA CONTAINING DATA SHIFTED OUT
|
||
* TO THE RIGHT (SUB BYTE) AND THE DATA
|
||
* SHIFTED IN FROM THE LEFT WILL COME FROM FPCARY
|
||
LBA9A LDA 4,X GET LS BYTE OF MANTISSA (X)
|
||
STA FPSBYT SAVE IN FPA SUB BYTE
|
||
LDA 3,X * SHIFT THE NEXT THREE BYTES OF THE
|
||
STA 4,X * MANTISSA RIGHT ONE COMPLETE BYTE.
|
||
LDA 2,X *
|
||
STA 3,X *
|
||
LDA 1,X *
|
||
STA 2,X *
|
||
LDA FPCARY GET THE CARRY IN BYTE
|
||
STA 1,X STORE AS THE MS MANTISSA BYTE OF (X)
|
||
LBAAE ADDB #8 ADD 8 TO DIFFERENCE OF EXPONENTS
|
||
BLE LBA9A BRANCH IF EXPONENT DIFFERENCE < -8
|
||
LDA FPSBYT GET FPA SUB BYTE
|
||
SUBB #8 CAST OUT THE 8 ADDED IN ABOVE
|
||
BEQ LBAC4 BRANCH IF EXPONENT DIFFERENCE = 0
|
||
|
||
|
||
LBAB8 ASR 1,X * SHIFT MANTISSA AND SUB BYTE ONE BIT TO THE RIGHT
|
||
LBABA ROR 2,X *
|
||
ROR 3,X *
|
||
ROR 4,X *
|
||
RORA *
|
||
INCB ADD ONE TO EXPONENT DIFFERENCE
|
||
BNE LBAB8 BRANCH IF EXPONENTS NOT =
|
||
LBAC4 RTS
|
||
LBAC5 FCB $81,$00,$00,$00,$00 FLOATING POINT CONSTANT 1.0
|
||
|
||
* ARITHMETIC OPERATION (*) JUMPS HERE - MULTIPLY
|
||
* FPA0 BY (X) - RETURN PRODUCT IN FPA0
|
||
LBACA BSR LBB2F MOVE PACKED FPA FROM (X) TO FPA1
|
||
LBACC BEQ LBB2E BRANCH IF EXPONENT OF FPA0 = 0
|
||
BSR LBB48 CALCULATE EXPONENT OF PRODUCT
|
||
* MULTIPLY FPA0 MANTISSA BY FPA1. NORMALIZE
|
||
* HIGH ORDER BYTES OF PRODUCT IN FPA0. THE
|
||
* LOW ORDER FOUR BYTES OF THE PRODUCT WILL
|
||
* BE STORED IN VAB-VAE.
|
||
LBAD0 LDA #0 * ZERO OUT MANTISSA OF FPA2
|
||
STA FPA2 *
|
||
STA FPA2+1 *
|
||
STA FPA2+2 *
|
||
STA FPA2+3 *
|
||
LDB FPA0+3 GET LS BYTE OF FPA0
|
||
BSR LBB00 MULTIPLY BY FPA1
|
||
LDB FPSBYT * TEMPORARILY SAVE SUB BYTE 4
|
||
STB VAE *
|
||
LDB FPA0+2 GET NUMBER 3 MANTISSA BYTE OF FPA0
|
||
BSR LBB00 MULTIPLY BY FPA1
|
||
LDB FPSBYT * TEMPORARILY SAVE SUB BYTE 3
|
||
STB VAD *
|
||
LDB FPA0+1 GET NUMBER 2 MANTISSA BYTE OF FPA0
|
||
BSR LBB00 MULTIPLY BY FPA1
|
||
LDB FPSBYT * TEMPORARILY SAVE SUB BYTE 2
|
||
STB VAC *
|
||
LDB FPA0 GET MS BYTE OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
BSR LBB02 MULTIPLY BY FPA1
|
||
LDB FPSBYT * TEMPORARILY SAVE SUB BYTE 1
|
||
STB VAB *
|
||
JSR LBC0B COPY MANTISSA FROM FPA2 TO FPA0
|
||
JMP LBA1C NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
LBB00 BEQ LBA97 SHIFT FPA2 ONE BYTE TO RIGHT
|
||
LBB02 COMA SET CARRY FLAG
|
||
* MULTIPLY FPA1 MANTISSA BY ACCB AND
|
||
* ADD PRODUCT TO FPA2 MANTISSA
|
||
LBB03 LDA FPA2 GET FPA2 MS BYTE
|
||
RORB ROTATE CARRY FLAG INTO SHIFT COUNTER;
|
||
* DATA BIT INTO CARRY
|
||
BEQ LBB2E BRANCH WHEN 8 SHIFTS DONE
|
||
BCC LBB20 DO NOT ADD FPA1 IF DATA BIT = 0
|
||
LDA FPA2+3 * ADD MANTISSA LS BYTE
|
||
ADDA FPA1+3 *
|
||
STA FPA2+3 *
|
||
LDA FPA2+2 = ADD MANTISSA NUMBER 3 BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1+2 =
|
||
STA FPA2+2 =
|
||
LDA FPA2+1 * ADD MANTISSA NUMBER 2 BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1+1 *
|
||
STA FPA2+1 *
|
||
LDA FPA2 = ADD MANTISSA MS BYTE
|
||
ADCA FPA1 =
|
||
LBB20 RORA * ROTATE CARRY INTO MS BYTE
|
||
STA FPA2 *
|
||
ROR FPA2+1 = ROTATE FPA2 ONE BIT TO THE RIGHT
|
||
ROR FPA2+2 =
|
||
ROR FPA2+3 =
|
||
ROR FPSBYT =
|
||
CLRA CLEAR CARRY FLAG
|
||
BRA LBB03 KEEP LOOPING
|
||
LBB2E RTS
|
||
* UNPACK A FP NUMBER FROM (X) TO FPA1
|
||
LBB2F LDD 1,X GET TWO MSB BYTES OF MANTISSA FROM
|
||
* FPA POINTED TO BY X
|
||
STA FP1SGN SAVE PACKED MANTISSA SIGN BYTE
|
||
ORA #$80 FORCE BIT 7 OF MSB MANTISSA = 1
|
||
STD FPA1 SAVE 2 MSB BYTES IN FPA1
|
||
LDB FP1SGN * GET PACKED MANTISSA SIGN BYTE. EOR W/FPA0
|
||
EORB FP0SGN * SIGN - NEW SIGN POSITION IF BOTH OLD SIGNS ALIKE,
|
||
STB RESSGN * NEG IF BOTH OLD SIGNS DIFF. SAVE ADJUSTED
|
||
* * MANTISSA SIGN BYTE
|
||
LDD 3,X = GET 2 LSB BYTES OF MANTISSA
|
||
STD FPA1+2 = AND PUT IN FPA1
|
||
LDA ,X * GET EXPONENT FROM (X) AND
|
||
STA FP1EXP * PUT IN EXPONENT OF FPA1
|
||
LDB FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
RTS
|
||
* CALCULATE EXPONENT FOR PRODUCT OF FPA0 & FPA1
|
||
* ENTER WITH EXPONENT OF FPA1 IN ACCA
|
||
LBB48 TSTA TEST EXPONENT OF FPA1
|
||
BEQ LBB61 PURGE RETURN ADDRESS & SET FPA0 = 0
|
||
ADDA FP0EXP ADD FPA1 EXPONENT TO FPA0 EXPONENT
|
||
RORA ROTATE CARRY INTO BIT 7; BIT 0 INTO CARRY
|
||
ROLA SET OVERFLOW FLAG
|
||
BVC LBB61 BRANCH IF EXPONENT TOO LARGE OR SMALL
|
||
ADDA #$80 ADD $80 BIAS TO EXPONENT
|
||
STA FP0EXP SAVE NEW EXPONENT
|
||
BEQ LBB63 SET FPA0
|
||
LDA RESSGN GET MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
STA FP0SGN SAVE AS MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
RTS
|
||
* IF FPA0 = POSITIVE THEN 'OV' ERROR IF FPA0
|
||
* = IS NEGATIVE THEN FPA0 = 0
|
||
LBB5C LDA FP0SGN GET MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
COMA CHANGE SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
BRA LBB63
|
||
LBB61 LEAS 2,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS FROM STACK
|
||
LBB63 LBPL LBA39 ZERO FPA0 MANTISSA SIGN & EXPONENT
|
||
LBB67 JMP LBA92 OV' OVERFLOW ERROR
|
||
* FAST MULTIPLY BY 10 AND LEAVE RESULT IN FPA0
|
||
LBB6A JSR LBC5F TRANSFER FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
BEQ LBB7C BRANCH IF EXPONENT = 0
|
||
ADDA #2 ADD 2 TO EXPONENT (TIMES 4)
|
||
BCS LBB67 OV' ERROR IF EXPONENT > $FF
|
||
CLR RESSGN CLEAR RESULT SIGN BYTE
|
||
JSR LB9CD ADD FPA1 TO FPA0 (TIMES 5)
|
||
INC FP0EXP ADD ONE TO EXPONENT (TIMES 10)
|
||
BEQ LBB67 OV' ERROR IF EXPONENT > $FF
|
||
LBB7C RTS
|
||
LBB7D FCB $84,$20,$00,$00,$00 FLOATING POINT CONSTANT 10
|
||
* DIVIDE FPA0 BY 10
|
||
LBB82 JSR LBC5F MOVE FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
LDX #LBB7D POINT TO FLOATING POINT CONSTANT 10
|
||
CLRB ZERO MANTISSA SIGN BYTE
|
||
LBB89 STB RESSGN STORE THE QUOTIENT MANTISSA SIGN BYTE
|
||
JSR LBC14 UNPACK AN FP NUMBER FROM (X) INTO FPA0
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
* DIVIDE (X) BY FPA0-LEAVE NORMALIZED QUOTIENT IN FPA0
|
||
LBB8F BSR LBB2F GET FP NUMBER FROM (X) TO FPA1
|
||
|
||
* ARITHMETIC OPERATION (/) JUMPS HERE. DIVIDE FPA1 BY FPA0 (ENTER WITH
|
||
* EXPONENT OF FPA1 IN ACCA AND FLAGS SET BY TSTA)
|
||
|
||
* DIVIDE FPA1 BY FPA0
|
||
LBB91 BEQ LBC06 /0' DIVIDE BY ZERO ERROR
|
||
NEG FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF RECIPROCAL OF DIVISOR
|
||
BSR LBB48 CALCULATE EXPONENT OF QUOTIENT
|
||
INC FP0EXP INCREMENT EXPONENT
|
||
BEQ LBB67 OV' OVERFLOW ERROR
|
||
LDX #FPA2 POINT X TO MANTISSA OF FPA2 - HOLD
|
||
* TEMPORARY QUOTIENT IN FPA2
|
||
LDB #4 5 BYTE DIVIDE
|
||
STB TMPLOC SAVE BYTE COUNTER
|
||
LDB #1 SHIFT COUNTER-AND TEMPORARY QUOTIENT BYTE
|
||
* COMPARE FPA0 MANTISSA TO FPA1 MANTISSA -
|
||
* SET CARRY FLAG IF FPA1 >= FPA0
|
||
LBBA4 LDA FPA0 * COMPARE THE TWO MS BYTES
|
||
CMPA FPA1 * OF FPA0 AND FPA1 AND
|
||
BNE LBBBD * BRANCH IF <>
|
||
LDA FPA0+1 = COMPARE THE NUMBER 2
|
||
CMPA FPA1+1 = BYTES AND
|
||
BNE LBBBD = BRANCH IF <>
|
||
LDA FPA0+2 * COMPARE THE NUMBER 3
|
||
CMPA FPA1+2 * BYTES AND
|
||
BNE LBBBD * BRANCH IF <>
|
||
LDA FPA0+3 = COMPARE THE LS BYTES
|
||
CMPA FPA1+3 = AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE LBBBD = IF <>
|
||
COMA SET CARRY FLAG IF FPA0 = FPA1
|
||
LBBBD TFR CC,A SAVE CARRY FLAG STATUS IN ACCA; CARRY
|
||
* CLEAR IF FPA0 > FPA1
|
||
ROLB ROTATE CARRY INTO TEMPORARY QUOTIENT BYTE
|
||
BCC LBBCC CARRY WILL BE SET AFTER 8 SHIFTS
|
||
STB ,X+ SAVE TEMPORARY QUOTIENT
|
||
DEC TMPLOC DECREMENT BYTE COUNTER
|
||
BMI LBBFC BRANCH IF DONE
|
||
BEQ LBBF8 BRANCH IF LAST BYTE
|
||
LDB #1 RESET SHIFT COUNTER AND TEMPORARY QUOTIENT BYTE
|
||
LBBCC TFR A,CC RESTORE CARRY FLAG AND
|
||
BCS LBBDE BRANCH IF FPA0 =< FPA1
|
||
LBBD0 ASL FPA1+3 * SHIFT FPA1 MANTISSA 1 BIT TO LEFT
|
||
ROL FPA1+2 *
|
||
ROL FPA1+1 *
|
||
ROL FPA1 *
|
||
BCS LBBBD BRANCH IF CARRY - ADD ONE TO PARTIAL QUOTIENT
|
||
BMI LBBA4 IF MSB OF HIGH ORDER MANTISSA BYTE IS
|
||
* SET, CHECK THE MAGNITUDES OF FPA0, FPA1
|
||
BRA LBBBD CARRY IS CLEAR, CHECK ANOTHER BIT
|
||
* SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM FPA1 - LEAVE RESULT IN FPA1
|
||
LBBDE LDA FPA1+3 * SUBTRACT THE LS BYTES OF MANTISSA
|
||
SUBA FPA0+3 *
|
||
STA FPA1+3 *
|
||
LDA FPA1+2 = THEN THE NEXT BYTE
|
||
SBCA FPA0+2 =
|
||
STA FPA1+2 =
|
||
LDA FPA1+1 * AND THE NEXT
|
||
SBCA FPA0+1 *
|
||
STA FPA1+1 *
|
||
LDA FPA1 = AND FINALLY, THE MS BYTE OF MANTISSA
|
||
SBCA FPA0 =
|
||
STA FPA1 =
|
||
BRA LBBD0 GO SHIFT FPA1
|
||
LBBF8 LDB #$40 USE ONLY TWO BITS OF THE LAST BYTE (FIFTH)
|
||
BRA LBBCC GO SHIFT THE LAST BYTE
|
||
LBBFC RORB * SHIFT CARRY (ALWAYS SET HERE) INTO
|
||
RORB * BIT 5 AND MOVE
|
||
RORB * BITS 1,0 TO BITS 7,6
|
||
STB FPSBYT SAVE SUB BYTE
|
||
BSR LBC0B MOVE MANTISSA OF FPA2 TO FPA0
|
||
JMP LBA1C NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
LBC06 LDB #2*10 /0' ERROR
|
||
JMP LAC46 PROCESS THE ERROR
|
||
* COPY MANTISSA FROM FPA2 TO FPA0
|
||
LBC0B LDX FPA2 * MOVE TOP 2 BYTES
|
||
STX FPA0 *
|
||
LDX FPA2+2 = MOVE BOTTOM 2 BYTES
|
||
STX FPA0+2 =
|
||
RTS
|
||
* COPY A PACKED FP NUMBER FROM (X) TO FPA0
|
||
LBC14 PSHS A SAVE ACCA
|
||
LDD 1,X GET TOP TWO MANTISSA BYTES
|
||
STA FP0SGN SAVE MS BYTE OF MANTISSA AS MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
ORA #$80 UNPACK MS BYTE
|
||
STD FPA0 SAVE UNPACKED TOP 2 MANTISSA BYTES
|
||
CLR FPSBYT CLEAR MANTISSA SUB BYTE
|
||
LDB ,X GET EXPONENT TO ACCB
|
||
LDX 3,X * MOVE LAST 2
|
||
STX FPA0+2 * MANTISSA BYTES
|
||
STB FP0EXP SAVE EXPONENT
|
||
PULS A,PC RESTORE ACCA AND RETURN
|
||
|
||
LBC2A LDX #V45 POINT X TO MANTISSA OF FPA4
|
||
BRA LBC35 MOVE FPA0 TO FPA4
|
||
LBC2F LDX #V40 POINT X TO MANTISSA OF FPA3
|
||
FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
LBC33 LDX VARDES POINT X TO VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR IN VARDES
|
||
* PACK FPA0 AND MOVE IT TO ADDRESS IN X
|
||
LBC35 LDA FP0EXP * COPY EXPONENT
|
||
STA ,X *
|
||
LDA FP0SGN GET MANTISSA SIGN BIT
|
||
ORA #$7F MASK THE BOTTOM 7 BITS
|
||
ANDA FPA0 AND BIT 7 OF MANTISSA SIGN INTO BIT 7 OF MS BYTE
|
||
STA 1,X SAVE MS BYTE
|
||
LDA FPA0+1 * MOVE 2ND MANTISSA BYTE
|
||
STA 2,X *
|
||
LDU FPA0+2 = MOVE BOTTOM 2 MANTISSA BYTES
|
||
STU 3,X =
|
||
RTS
|
||
* MOVE FPA1 TO FPA0 RETURN W/MANTISSA SIGN IN ACCA
|
||
LBC4A LDA FP1SGN * COPY MANTISSA SIGN FROM
|
||
LBC4C STA FP0SGN * FPA1 TO FPA0
|
||
LDX FP1EXP = COPY EXPONENT + MS BYTE FROM
|
||
STX FP0EXP = FPA1 TO FPA0
|
||
CLR FPSBYT CLEAR MANTISSA SUB BYTE
|
||
LDA FPA1+1 * COPY 2ND MANTISSA BYTE
|
||
STA FPA0+1 * FROM FPA1 TO FPA0
|
||
LDA FP0SGN GET MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
LDX FPA1+2 * COPY 3RD AND 4TH MANTISSA BYTE
|
||
STX FPA0+2 * FROM FPA1 TO FPA0
|
||
RTS
|
||
* TRANSFER FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
LBC5F LDD FP0EXP * TRANSFER EXPONENT & MS BYTE
|
||
STD FP1EXP *
|
||
LDX FPA0+1 = TRANSFER MIDDLE TWO BYTES
|
||
STX FPA1+1 =
|
||
LDX FPA0+3 * TRANSFER BOTTOM TWO BYTES
|
||
STX FPA1+3 *
|
||
TSTA SET FLAGS ACCORDING TO EXPONENT
|
||
RTS
|
||
* CHECK FPA0; RETURN ACCB = 0 IF FPA0 = 0,
|
||
* ACCB = $FF IF FPA0 = NEGATIVE, ACCB = 1 IF FPA0 = POSITIVE
|
||
LBC6D LDB FP0EXP GET EXPONENT
|
||
BEQ LBC79 BRANCH IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
LBC71 LDB FP0SGN GET SIGN OF MANTISSA
|
||
LBC73 ROLB BIT 7 TO CARRY
|
||
LDB #$FF NEGATIVE FLAG
|
||
BCS LBC79 BRANCH IF NEGATIVE MANTISSA
|
||
NEGB ACCB = 1 IF POSITIVE MANTISSA
|
||
LBC79 RTS
|
||
|
||
* SGN
|
||
SGN BSR LBC6D SET ACCB ACCORDING TO SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
* CONVERT A SIGNED NUMBER IN ACCB INTO A FLOATING POINT NUMBER
|
||
LBC7C STB FPA0 SAVE ACCB IN FPA0
|
||
CLR FPA0+1 CLEAR NUMBER 2 MANTISSA BYTE OF FPA0
|
||
LDB #$88 EXPONENT REQUIRED IF FPA0 IS TO BE AN INTEGER
|
||
LBC82 LDA FPA0 GET MS BYTE OF MANTISSA
|
||
SUBA #$80 SET CARRY IF POSITIVE MANTISSA
|
||
LBC86 STB FP0EXP SAVE EXPONENT
|
||
LDD ZERO * ZERO OUT ACCD AND
|
||
STD FPA0+2 * BOTTOM HALF OF FPA0
|
||
STA FPSBYT CLEAR SUB BYTE
|
||
STA FP0SGN CLEAR SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
JMP LBA18 GO NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
|
||
* ABS
|
||
ABS CLR FP0SGN FORCE MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0 POSITIVE
|
||
RTS
|
||
* COMPARE A PACKED FLOATING POINT NUMBER POINTED TO
|
||
* BY (X) TO AN UNPACKED FP NUMBER IN FPA0. RETURN
|
||
* ZERO FLAG SET AND ACCB = 0, IF EQUAL; ACCB = 1 IF
|
||
* FPA0 > (X); ACCB = $FF IF FPA0 < (X)
|
||
LBC96 LDB ,X CHECK EXPONENT OF (X)
|
||
BEQ LBC6D BRANCH IF FPA = 0
|
||
LDB 1,X GET MS BYTE OF MANTISSA OF (X)
|
||
EORB FP0SGN EOR WITH SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
BMI LBC71 BRANCH IF SIGNS NOT =
|
||
* COMPARE FPA0 WITH FP NUMBER POINTED TO BY (X).
|
||
* FPA0 IS NORMALIZED, (X) IS PACKED.
|
||
LBCA0 LDB FP0EXP * GET EXPONENT OF
|
||
CMPB ,X * FPA0, COMPARE TO EXPONENT OF
|
||
BNE LBCC3 * (X) AND BRANCH IF <>.
|
||
LDB 1,X * GET MS BYTE OF (X), KEEP ONLY
|
||
ORB #$7F * THE SIGN BIT - 'AND' THE BOTTOM 7
|
||
ANDB FPA0 * BITS OF FPA0 INTO ACCB
|
||
CMPB 1,X = COMPARE THE BOTTOM 7 BITS OF THE MANTISSA
|
||
BNE LBCC3 = MS BYTE AND BRANCH IF <>
|
||
LDB FPA0+1 * COMPARE 2ND BYTE
|
||
CMPB 2,X * OF MANTISSA,
|
||
BNE LBCC3 * BRANCH IF <>
|
||
LDB FPA0+2 = COMPARE 3RD BYTE
|
||
CMPB 3,X = OF MANTISSA,
|
||
BNE LBCC3 = BRANCH IF <>
|
||
LDB FPA0+3 * SUBTRACT LS BYTE
|
||
SUBB 4,X * OF (X) FROM LS BYTE OF
|
||
BNE LBCC3 * FPA0, BRANCH IF <>
|
||
RTS RETURN IF FP (X) = FPA0
|
||
LBCC3 RORB SHIFT CARRY TO BIT 7; CARRY SET IF FPA0 < (X)
|
||
EORB FP0SGN TOGGLE SIZE COMPARISON BIT IF FPA0 IS NEGATIVE
|
||
BRA LBC73 GO SET ACCB ACCORDING TO COMPARISON
|
||
* DE-NORMALIZE FPA0 : SHIFT THE MANTISSA UNTIL THE BINARY POINT IS TO THE RIGHT
|
||
* OF THE LEAST SIGNIFICANT BYTE OF THE MANTISSA
|
||
LBCC8 LDB FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
BEQ LBD09 ZERO MANTISSA IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
SUBB #$A0 SUBTRACT $A0 FROM FPA0 EXPONENT T THIS WILL YIELD
|
||
* THE NUMBER OF SHIFTS REQUIRED TO DENORMALIZE FPA0. WHEN
|
||
* THE EXPONENT OF FPA0 IS = ZERO, THEN THE BINARY POINT
|
||
* WILL BE TO THE RIGHT OF THE MANTISSA
|
||
LDA FP0SGN TEST SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
BPL LBCD7 BRANCH IF POSITIVE
|
||
COM FPCARY COMPLEMENT CARRY IN BYTE
|
||
JSR LBA7B NEGATE MANTISSA OF FPA0
|
||
LBCD7 LDX #FP0EXP POINT X TO FPA0
|
||
CMPB #-8 EXPONENT DIFFERENCE < -8?
|
||
BGT LBCE4 YES
|
||
JSR LBAAE SHIFT FPA0 RIGHT UNTIL FPA0 EXPONENT = $A0
|
||
CLR FPCARY CLEAR CARRY IN BYTE
|
||
RTS
|
||
LBCE4 CLR FPCARY CLEAR CARRY IN BYTE
|
||
LDA FP0SGN * GET SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
ROLA * ROTATE IT INTO THE CARRY FLAG
|
||
ROR FPA0 ROTATE CARRY (MANTISSA SIGN) INTO BIT 7
|
||
* OF LS BYTE OF MANTISSA
|
||
JMP LBABA DE-NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
|
||
* INT
|
||
* THE INT STATEMENT WILL "DENORMALIZE" FPA0 - THAT IS IT WILL SHIFT THE BINARY POINT
|
||
* TO THE EXTREME RIGHT OF THE MANTISSA TO FORCE ITS EXPONENT TO BE $AO. ONCE
|
||
* THIS IS DONE THE MANTISSA OF FPA0 WILL CONTAIN THE FOUR LEAST SIGNIFICANT
|
||
* BYTES OF THE INTEGER PORTION OF FPA0. AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE DE-NORMALIZATION
|
||
* ONLY THE INTEGER PORTION OF FPA0 WILL REMAIN.
|
||
*
|
||
INT LDB FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
CMPB #$A0 LARGEST POSSIBLE INTEGER EXPONENT
|
||
BCC LBD11 RETURN IF FPA0 >= 32768
|
||
BSR LBCC8 SHIFT THE BINARY POINT ONE TO THE RIGHT OF THE
|
||
* LS BYTE OF THE FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
STB FPSBYT ACCB = 0: ZERO OUT THE SUB BYTE
|
||
LDA FP0SGN GET MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
STB FP0SGN FORCE MANTISSA SIGN TO BE POSITIVE
|
||
SUBA #$80 SET CARRY IF MANTISSA
|
||
LDA #$A0 * GET DENORMALIZED EXPONENT AND
|
||
STA FP0EXP * SAVE IT IN FPA0 EXPONENT
|
||
LDA FPA0+3 = GET LS BYTE OF FPA0 AND
|
||
STA CHARAC = SAVE IT IN CHARAC
|
||
JMP LBA18 NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
|
||
LBD09 STB FPA0 * LOAD MANTISSA OF FPA0 WITH CONTENTS OF ACCB
|
||
STB FPA0+1 *
|
||
STB FPA0+2 *
|
||
STB FPA0+3 *
|
||
LBD11 RTS *
|
||
|
||
* CONVERT ASCII STRING TO FLOATING POINT
|
||
LBD12 LDX ZERO (X) = 0
|
||
STX FP0SGN * ZERO OUT FPA0 & THE SIGN FLAG (COEFCT)
|
||
STX FP0EXP *
|
||
STX FPA0+1 *
|
||
STX FPA0+2 *
|
||
STX V47 INITIALIZE EXPONENT & EXPONENT SIGN FLAG TO ZERO
|
||
STX V45 INITIALIZE RIGHT DECIMAL CTR & DECIMAL PT FLAG TO 0
|
||
BCS LBD86 IF CARRY SET (NUMERIC CHARACTER), ASSUME ACCA CONTAINS FIRST
|
||
* NUMERIC CHAR, SIGN IS POSITIVE AND SKIP THE RAM HOOK
|
||
JSR XVEC19 CALL EXTENDED BASIC ADD-IN
|
||
LBD25 CMPA #'- * CHECK FOR A LEADING MINUS SIGN AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE LBD2D * IF NO MINUS SIGN
|
||
COM COEFCT TOGGLE SIGN; 0 = +; FF = -
|
||
BRA LBD31 INTERPRET THE REST OF THE STRING
|
||
LBD2D CMPA #'+ * CHECK FOR LEADING PLUS SlGN AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE LBD35 * IF NOT A PLUS SIGN
|
||
LBD31 JSR GETNCH GET NEXT INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BCS LBD86 BRANCH IF NUMERIC CHARACTER
|
||
LBD35 CMPA #'. DECIMAL POlNT?
|
||
BEQ LBD61 YES
|
||
CMPA #'E "E" SHORTHAND FORM (SCIENTIFIC NOTATION)?
|
||
BNE LBD65 NO
|
||
* EVALUATE EXPONENT OF EXPONENTIAL FORMAT
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET NEXT INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BCS LBDA5 BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
CMPA #TOK_MINUS MINUS TOKEN?
|
||
BEQ LBD53 YES
|
||
CMPA #'- ASCII MINUS?
|
||
BEQ LBD53 YES
|
||
CMPA #TOK_PLUS PLUS TOKEN?
|
||
BEQ LBD55 YES
|
||
CMPA #'+ ASCII PLUS?
|
||
BEQ LBD55 YES
|
||
BRA LBD59 BRANCH IF NO SIGN FOUND
|
||
LBD53 COM V48 SET EXPONENT SIGN FLAG TO NEGATIVE
|
||
* STRIP A DECIMAL NUMBER FROM BASIC LINE, CONVERT IT TO BINARY IN V47
|
||
LBD55 JSR GETNCH GET NEXT INPUT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BCS LBDA5 IF NUMERIC CHARACTER, CONVERT TO BINARY
|
||
LBD59 TST V48 * CHECK EXPONENT SIGN FLAG
|
||
BEQ LBD65 * AND BRANCH IF POSITIVE
|
||
NEG V47 NEGATE VALUE OF EXPONENT
|
||
BRA LBD65
|
||
LBD61 COM V46 *TOGGLE DECIMAL PT FLAG AND INTERPRET ANOTHER
|
||
BNE LBD31 *CHARACTER IF <> 0 - TERMINATE INTERPRETATION
|
||
* IF SECOND DECIMAL POINT
|
||
* ADJUST FPA0 FOR THE DECIMAL EXPONENT IN V47
|
||
LBD65 LDA V47 * GET EXPONENT, SUBTRACT THE NUMBER OF
|
||
SUBA V45 * PLACES TO THE RIGHT OF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
STA V47 * AND RESAVE IT.
|
||
BEQ LBD7F EXIT ROUTINE IF ADJUSTED EXPONENT = ZERO
|
||
BPL LBD78 BRANCH IF POSITIVE EXPONENT
|
||
LBD6F JSR LBB82 DIVIDE FPA0 BY 10
|
||
INC V47 INCREMENT EXPONENT COUNTER (MULTIPLY BY 10)
|
||
BNE LBD6F KEEP MULTIPLYING
|
||
BRA LBD7F EXIT ROUTINE
|
||
LBD78 JSR LBB6A MULTIPLY FPA0 BY 10
|
||
DEC V47 DECREMENT EXPONENT COUNTER (DIVIDE BY 10)
|
||
BNE LBD78 KEEP MULTIPLYING
|
||
LBD7F LDA COEFCT GET THE SIGN FLAG
|
||
BPL LBD11 RETURN IF POSITIVE
|
||
JMP LBEE9 TOGGLE MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0, IF NEGATIVE
|
||
*MULTIPLY FPA0 BY TEN AND ADD ACCA TO THE RESULT
|
||
LBD86 LDB V45 *GET THE RIGHT DECIMAL COUNTER AND SUBTRACT
|
||
SUBB V46 *THE DECIMAL POINT FLAG FROM IT. IF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
STB V45 *FLAG=0, NOTHING HAPPENS. IF DECIMAL POINT FLAG IS
|
||
* -1, THEN RIGHT DECIMAL COUNTER IS INCREMENTED BY ONE
|
||
PSHS A SAVE NEW DIGIT ON STACK
|
||
JSR LBB6A MULTIPLY FPA0 BY 10
|
||
PULS B GET NEW DIGIT BACK
|
||
SUBB #'0 MASK OFF ASCII
|
||
BSR LBD99 ADD ACCB TO FPA0
|
||
BRA LBD31 GET ANOTHER CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
LBD99 JSR LBC2F PACK FPA0 AND SAVE IT IN FPA3
|
||
JSR LBC7C CONVERT ACCB TO FP NUMBER IN FPA0
|
||
LDX #V40 * ADD FPA0 TO
|
||
JMP LB9C2 * FPA3
|
||
|
||
|
||
LBDA5 LDB V47
|
||
ASLB TIMES 2
|
||
ASLB TIMES 4
|
||
ADDB V47 ADD 1 = TIMES 5
|
||
ASLB TIMES 10
|
||
SUBA #'0 *MASK OFF ASCII FROM ACCA, PUSH
|
||
PSHS B *RESULT ONTO THE STACK AND
|
||
ADDA ,S+ ADD lT TO ACCB
|
||
STA V47 SAVE IN V47
|
||
BRA LBD55 INTERPRET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
*
|
||
LBDB6 FCB $9B,$3E,$BC,$1F,$FD * 99999999.9
|
||
LBDBB FCB $9E,$6E,$6B,$27,$FD * 999999999
|
||
LBDC0 FCB $9E,$6E,$6B,$28,$00 * 1E + 09
|
||
*
|
||
LBDC5 LDX #LABE8-1 POINT X TO " IN " MESSAGE
|
||
BSR LBDD6 COPY A STRING FROM (X) TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LDD CURLIN GET CURRENT BASIC LINE NUMBER TO ACCD
|
||
* CONVERT VALUE IN ACCD INTO A DECIMAL NUMBER
|
||
* AND PRINT IT TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LBDCC STD FPA0 SAVE ACCD IN TOP HALF OF FPA0
|
||
LDB #$90 REQ’D EXPONENT IF TOP HALF OF ACCD = INTEGER
|
||
COMA SET CARRY FLAG - FORCE POSITIVE MANTISSA
|
||
JSR LBC86 ZERO BOTTOM HALF AND SIGN OF FPA0, THEN
|
||
* SAVE EXPONENT AND NORMALIZE IT
|
||
BSR LBDD9 CONVERT FP NUMBER TO ASCII STRING
|
||
LBDD6 JMP LB99C COPY A STRING FROM (X) TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
|
||
* CONVERT FP NUMBER TO ASCII STRING
|
||
LBDD9 LDU #STRBUF+3 POINT U TO BUFFER WHICH WILL NOT CAUSE
|
||
* THE STRING TO BE STORED IN STRING SPACE
|
||
LBDDC LDA #SPACE SPACE = DEFAULT SIGN FOR POSITIVE #
|
||
LDB FP0SGN GET SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
BPL LBDE4 BRANCH IF POSITIVE
|
||
LDA #'- ASCII MINUS SIGN
|
||
LBDE4 STA ,U+ STORE SIGN OF NUMBER
|
||
STU COEFPT SAVE BUFFER POINTER
|
||
STA FP0SGN SAVE SIGN (IN ASCII)
|
||
LDA #'0 ASCII ZERO IF EXPONENT = 0
|
||
LDB FP0EXP GET FPA0 EXPONENT
|
||
LBEQ LBEB8 BRANCH IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
CLRA BASE 10 EXPONENT=0 FOR FP NUMBER > 1
|
||
CMPB #$80 CHECK EXPONENT
|
||
BHI LBDFF BRANCH IF FP NUMBER > 1
|
||
* IF FPA0 < 1.0, MULTIPLY IT BY 1E+09 TO SPEED UP THE CONVERSION PROCESS
|
||
LDX #LBDC0 POINT X TO FP 1E+09
|
||
JSR LBACA MULTIPLY FPA0 BY (X)
|
||
LDA #-9 BASE 10 EXPONENT = -9
|
||
LBDFF STA V45 BASE 10 EXPONENT
|
||
* PSEUDO - NORMALIZE THE FP NUMBER TO A VALUE IN THE RANGE
|
||
* OF 999,999,999 RO 99,999,999.9 - THIS IS THE LARGEST
|
||
* NUMBER RANGE IN WHICH ALL OF THE DIGITS ARE
|
||
* SIGNIFICANT WHICH CAN BE DISPLAYED WITHOUT USING
|
||
* SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
|
||
LBE01 LDX #LBDBB POINT X TO FP 999,999,999
|
||
JSR LBCA0 COMPARE FPA0 TO 999,999,999
|
||
BGT LBE18 BRANCH IF > 999,999,999
|
||
LBE09 LDX #LBDB6 POINT X TO FP 99,999,999.9
|
||
JSR LBCA0 COMPARE FPA0 TO 99,999,999.9
|
||
BGT LBE1F BRANCH IF > 99,999,999.9 (IN RANGE)
|
||
JSR LBB6A MULTIPLY FPA0 BY 10
|
||
DEC V45 SUBTRACT ONE FROM DECIMAL OFFSET
|
||
BRA LBE09 PSEUDO - NORMALIZE SOME MORE
|
||
LBE18 JSR LBB82 DIVIDE FPA0 BY 10
|
||
INC V45 ADD ONE TO BASE 10 EXPONENT
|
||
BRA LBE01 PSEUDO - NORMALIZE SOME MORE
|
||
LBE1F JSR LB9B4 ADD .5 TO FPA0 (ROUND OFF)
|
||
JSR LBCC8 CONVERT FPA0 TO AN INTEGER
|
||
LDB #1 DEFAULT DECIMAL POINT FLAG (FORCE IMMED DECIMAL PT)
|
||
LDA V45 * GET BASE 10 EXPONENT AND ADD TEN TO IT
|
||
ADDA #9+1 * (NUMBER ‘NORMALIZED’ TO 9 PLACES & DECIMAL PT)
|
||
BMI LBE36 BRANCH IF NUMBER < 1.0
|
||
CMPA #9+2 NINE PLACES MAY BE DISPLAYED WITHOUT
|
||
* USING SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
|
||
BCC LBE36 BRANCH IF SCIENTIFIC NOTATION REQUIRED
|
||
DECA * SUBTRACT 1 FROM MODIFIED BASE 10 EXPONENT CTR
|
||
TFR A,B * AND SAVE IT IN ACCB (DECiMAL POINT FLAG)
|
||
LDA #2 FORCE EXPONENT = 0 - DON'T USE SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
|
||
LBE36 DECA * SUBTRACT TWO (WITHOUT AFFECTING CARRY)
|
||
DECA * FROM BASE 10 EXPONENT
|
||
STA V47 SAVE EXPONENT - ZERO EXPONENT = DO NOT DISPLAY
|
||
* IN SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
|
||
STB V45 DECIMAL POINT FLAG - NUMBER OF PLACES TO
|
||
* LEFT OF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
BGT LBE4B BRANCH IF >= 1
|
||
LDU COEFPT POINT U TO THE STRING BUFFER
|
||
LDA #'. * STORE A PERIOD
|
||
STA ,U+ * IN THE BUFFER
|
||
TSTB CHECK DECIMAL POINT FLAG
|
||
BEQ LBE4B BRANCH IF NOTHING TO LEFT OF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LDA #'0 * STORE A ZERO
|
||
STA ,U+ * IN THE BUFFER
|
||
|
||
* CONVERT FPA0 INTO A STRING OF ASCII DIGITS
|
||
LBE4B LDX #LBEC5 POINT X TO FP POWER OF 10 MANTISSA
|
||
LDB #0+$80 INITIALIZE DIGIT COUNTER TO 0+$80
|
||
* BIT 7 SET IS USED TO INDICATE THAT THE POWER OF 10 MANTISSA
|
||
* IS NEGATIVE. WHEN YOU 'ADD' A NEGATIVE MANTISSA, IT IS
|
||
* THE SAME AS SUBTRACTING A POSITIVE ONE AND BIT 7 OF ACCB IS HOW
|
||
* THE ROUTINE KNOWS THAT A 'SUBTRACTION' IS OCCURING.
|
||
LBE50 LDA FPA0+3 * ADD MANTISSA LS
|
||
ADDA 3,X * BYTE OF FPA0
|
||
STA FPA0+3 * AND (X)
|
||
LDA FPA0+2 = ADD MANTISSA
|
||
ADCA 2,X = NUMBER 3 BYTE OF
|
||
STA FPA0+2 = FPA0 AND (X)
|
||
LDA FPA0+1 * ADD MANTISSA
|
||
ADCA 1,X * NUMBER 2 BYTE OF
|
||
STA FPA0+1 * FPA0 AND (X)
|
||
LDA FPA0 = ADD MANTISSA
|
||
ADCA ,X = MS BYTE OF
|
||
STA FPA0 = FPA0 AND (X)
|
||
INCB ADD ONE TO DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
RORB ROTATE CARRY INTO BIT 7
|
||
ROLB *SET OVERFLOW FLAG AND BRANCH IF CARRY = 1 AND
|
||
BVC LBE50 *POSITIVE MANTISSA OR CARRY = 0 AND NEG MANTISSA
|
||
BCC LBE72 BRANCH IF NEGATIVE MANTISSA
|
||
SUBB #10+1 * TAKE THE 9’S COMPLEMENT IF
|
||
NEGB * ADDING MANTISSA
|
||
LBE72 ADDB #'0-1 ADD ASCII OFFSET TO DIGIT
|
||
LEAX 4,X MOVE TO NEXT POWER OF 10 MANTISSA
|
||
TFR B,A SAVE DIGIT IN ACCA
|
||
ANDA #$7F MASK OFF BIT 7 (ADD/SUBTRACT FLAG)
|
||
STA ,U+ STORE DIGIT IN STRING BUFFER
|
||
DEC V45 DECREMENT DECIMAL POINT FLAG
|
||
BNE LBE84 BRANCH IF NOT TIME FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LDA #'. * STORE DECIMAL POINT IN
|
||
STA ,U+ * STRING BUFFER
|
||
LBE84 COMB TOGGLE BIT 7 (ADD/SUBTRACT FLAG)
|
||
ANDB #$80 MASK OFF ALL BUT ADD/SUBTRACT FLAG
|
||
CMPX #LBEC5+36 COMPARE X TO END OF MANTISSA TABLE
|
||
BNE LBE50 BRANCH IF NOT AT END OF TABLE
|
||
* BLANK TRAILING ZEROS AND STORE EXPONENT IF ANY
|
||
LBE8C LDA ,-U GET THE LAST CHARACTER; MOVE POINTER BACK
|
||
CMPA #'0 WAS IT A ZERO?
|
||
BEQ LBE8C IGNORE TRAILING ZEROS IF SO
|
||
CMPA #'. CHECK FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
BNE LBE98 BRANCH IF NOT DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LEAU -1,U STEP OVER THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LBE98 LDA #'+ ASCII PLUS SIGN
|
||
LDB V47 GET SCIENTIFIC NOTATION EXPONENT
|
||
BEQ LBEBA BRANCH IF NOT SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
|
||
BPL LBEA3 BRANCH IF POSITIVE EXPONENT
|
||
LDA #'- ASCII MINUS SIGN
|
||
NEGB NEGATE EXPONENT IF NEGATIVE
|
||
LBEA3 STA 2,U STORE EXPONENT SIGN IN STRING
|
||
LDA #'E * GET ASCII ‘E’ (SCIENTIFIC NOTATION
|
||
STA 1,U * FLAG) AND SAVE IT IN THE STRING
|
||
LDA #'0-1 INITIALIZE ACCA TO ASCII ZERO
|
||
|
||
|
||
LBEAB INCA ADD ONE TO 10’S DIGIT OF EXPONENT
|
||
SUBB #10 SUBTRACT 10 FROM ACCB
|
||
BCC LBEAB ADD 1 TO 10’S DIGIT IF NO CARRY
|
||
ADDB #'9+1 CONVERT UNITS DIGIT TO ASCII
|
||
STD 3,U SAVE EXPONENT IN STRING
|
||
CLR 5,U CLEAR LAST BYTE (TERMINATOR)
|
||
BRA LBEBC GO RESET POINTER
|
||
LBEB8 STA ,U STORE LAST CHARACTER
|
||
LBEBA CLR 1,U CLEAR LAST BYTE (TERMINATOR - REQUIRED BY
|
||
* PRINT SUBROUTINES)
|
||
LBEBC LDX #STRBUF+3 RESET POINTER TO START OF BUFFER
|
||
RTS
|
||
*
|
||
LBEC0 FCB $80,$00,$00,$00,$00 FLOATING POINT .5
|
||
*
|
||
*** TABLE OF UNNORMALIZED POWERS OF 10
|
||
LBEC5 FCB $FA,$0A,$1F,$00 -100000000
|
||
LBEC9 FCB $00,$98,$96,$80 10000000
|
||
LBECD FCB $FF,$F0,$BD,$C0 -1000000
|
||
LBED1 FCB $00,$01,$86,$A0 100000
|
||
LBED5 FCB $FF,$FF,$D8,$F0 -10000
|
||
LBED9 FCB $00,$00,$03,$E8 1000
|
||
LBEDD FCB $FF,$FF,$FF,$9C -100
|
||
LBEE1 FCB $00,$00,$00,$0A 10
|
||
LBEE5 FCB $FF,$FF,$FF,$FF -1
|
||
*
|
||
*
|
||
LBEE9 LDA FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
BEQ LBEEF BRANCH IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
COM FP0SGN TOGGLE MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
LBEEF RTS
|
||
* EXPAND A POLYNOMIAL OF THE FORM
|
||
* AQ+BQ**3+CQ**5+DQ**7.... WHERE Q = FPA0
|
||
* AND THE X REGISTER POINTS TO A TABLE OF
|
||
* COEFFICIENTS A,B,C,D....
|
||
LBEF0 STX COEFPT SAVE COEFFICIENT TABLE POINTER
|
||
JSR LBC2F MOVE FPA0 TO FPA3
|
||
BSR LBEFC MULTIPLY FPA3 BY FPA0
|
||
BSR LBF01 EXPAND POLYNOMIAL
|
||
LDX #V40 POINT X TO FPA3
|
||
LBEFC JMP LBACA MULTIPLY (X) BY FPA0
|
||
|
||
* CALCULATE THE VALUE OF AN EXPANDED POLYNOMIAL
|
||
* EXPRESSION. ENTER WITH (X) POINTING TO A TABLE
|
||
* OF COEFFICIENTS, THE FIRST BYTE OF WHICH IS THE
|
||
* NUMBER OF (COEFFICIENTS-1) FOLLOWED BY THAT NUMBER
|
||
* OF PACKED FLOATING POINT NUMBERS. THE
|
||
* POLYNOMIAL IS EVALUATED AS FOLLOWS: VALUE =
|
||
* (((FPA0*Y0+Y1)*FPA0+Y2)*FPA0…YN)
|
||
LBEFF STX COEFPT SAVE COEFFICIENT TABLE POINTER
|
||
LBF01 JSR LBC2A MOVE FPA0 TO FPA4
|
||
LDX COEFPT GET THE COEFFICIENT POINTER
|
||
LDB ,X+ GET THE TOP OF COEFFICIENT TABLE TO
|
||
STB COEFCT * USE AND STORE IT IN TEMPORARY COUNTER
|
||
STX COEFPT SAVE NEW COEFFICIENT POINTER
|
||
LBF0C BSR LBEFC MULTIPLY (X) BY FPA0
|
||
LDX COEFPT *GET COEFFICIENT POINTER
|
||
LEAX 5,X *MOVE TO NEXT FP NUMBER
|
||
STX COEFPT *SAVE NEW COEFFICIENT POINTER
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD (X) AND FPA0
|
||
LDX #V45 POINT (X) TO FPA4
|
||
DEC COEFCT DECREMENT TEMP COUNTER
|
||
BNE LBF0C BRANCH IF MORE COEFFICIENTS LEFT
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* RND
|
||
RND JSR LBC6D TEST FPA0
|
||
BMI LBF45 BRANCH IF FPA0 = NEGATIVE
|
||
BEQ LBF3B BRANCH IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
BSR LBF38 CONVERT FPA0 TO AN INTEGER
|
||
JSR LBC2F PACK FPA0 TO FPA3
|
||
BSR LBF3B GET A RANDOM NUMBER: FPA0 < 1.0
|
||
LDX #V40 POINT (X) TO FPA3
|
||
BSR LBEFC MULTIPLY (X) BY FPA0
|
||
LDX #LBAC5 POINT (X) TO FP VALUE OF 1.0
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD 1.0 TO FPA0
|
||
LBF38 JMP INT CONVERT FPA0 TO AN INTEGER
|
||
* CALCULATE A RANDOM NUMBER IN THE RANGE 0.0 < X <= 1.0
|
||
LBF3B LDX RVSEED+1 * MOVE VARIABLE
|
||
STX FPA0 * RANDOM NUMBER
|
||
LDX RVSEED+3 * SEED TO
|
||
STX FPA0+2 * FPA0
|
||
LBF45 LDX RSEED = MOVE FIXED
|
||
STX FPA1 = RANDOM NUMBER
|
||
LDX RSEED+2 = SEED TO
|
||
STX FPA1+2 = MANTISSA OF FPA0
|
||
JSR LBAD0 MULTIPLY FPA0 X FPA1
|
||
LDD VAD GET THE TWO LOWEST ORDER PRODUCT BYTES
|
||
ADDD #$658B ADD A CONSTANT
|
||
STD RVSEED+3 SAVE NEW LOW ORDER VARIABLE RANDOM # SEED
|
||
STD FPA0+2 SAVE NEW LOW ORDER BYTES OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
LDD VAB GET 2 MORE LOW ORDER PRODUCT BYTES
|
||
ADCB #$B0 ADD A CONSTANT
|
||
ADCA #5 ADD A CONSTANT
|
||
STD RVSEED+1 SAVE NEW HIGH ORDER VARIABLE RANDOM # SEED
|
||
STD FPA0 SAVE NEW HIGH ORDER FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
CLR FP0SGN FORCE FPA0 MANTISSA = POSITIVE
|
||
LDA #$80 * SET FPA0 BIASED EXPONENT
|
||
STA FP0EXP * TO 0 1 < FPA0 < 0
|
||
LDA FPA2+2 GET A BYTE FROM FPA2 (MORE RANDOMNESS)
|
||
STA FPSBYT SAVE AS SUB BYTE
|
||
JMP LBA1C NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
*
|
||
RSEED FDB $40E6 *CONSTANT RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR SEED
|
||
FDB $4DAB *
|
||
|
||
* SIN
|
||
* THE SIN FUNCTION REQUIRES AN ARGUMENT IN RADIANS AND WILL REPEAT ITSELF EVERY
|
||
* 2*PI RADIANS. THE ARGUMENT IS DIVIDED BY 2*PI AND ONLY THE FRACTIONAL PART IS
|
||
* RETAINED. SINCE THE ARGUMENT WAS DIVIDED BY 2*P1, THE COEFFICIENTS MUST BE
|
||
* MULTIPLIED BY THE APPROPRIATE POWER OF 2*PI.
|
||
|
||
* SIN IS EVALUATED USING THE TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES BELOW:
|
||
* SIN(X)=SIN(PI-X) & -SIN(PI/2-X)=SIN((3*PI)/2+X)
|
||
SIN JSR LBC5F COPY FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
LDX #LBFBD POINT (X) TO 2*PI
|
||
LDB FP1SGN *GET MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA1
|
||
JSR LBB89 *AND DIVIDE FPA0 BY 2*PI
|
||
JSR LBC5F COPY FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
BSR LBF38 CONVERT FPA0 TO AN INTEGER
|
||
CLR RESSGN SET RESULT SIGN = POSITIVE
|
||
LDA FP1EXP *GET EXPONENT OF FPA1
|
||
LDB FP0EXP *GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
JSR LB9BC *SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM FPA1
|
||
* NOW FPA0 CONTAINS ONLY THE FRACTIONAL PART OF ARGUMENT/2*PI
|
||
LDX #LBFC2 POINT X TO FP (.25)
|
||
JSR LB9B9 SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM .25 (PI/2)
|
||
LDA FP0SGN GET MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
PSHS A SAVE IT ON STACK
|
||
BPL LBFA6 BRANCH IF MANTISSA POSITIVE
|
||
JSR LB9B4 ADD .5 (PI) TO FPA0
|
||
LDA FP0SGN GET SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
BMI LBFA9 BRANCH IF NEGATIVE
|
||
COM RELFLG COM IF +(3*PI)/2 >= ARGUMENT >+ PI/2 (QUADRANT FLAG)
|
||
LBFA6 JSR LBEE9 TOGGLE MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
LBFA9 LDX #LBFC2 POINT X TO FP (.25)
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD .25 (PI/2) TO FPA0
|
||
PULS A GET OLD MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
TSTA * BRANCH IF OLD
|
||
BPL LBFB7 * SIGN WAS POSITIVE
|
||
JSR LBEE9 TOGGLE MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
LBFB7 LDX #LBFC7 POINT X TO TABLE OF COEFFICIENTS
|
||
JMP LBEF0 GO CALCULATE POLYNOMIAL VALUE
|
||
|
||
LBFBD FCB $83,$49,$0F,$DA,$A2 6.28318531 (2*PI)
|
||
LBFC2 FCB $7F,$00,$00,$00,$00 .25
|
||
|
||
|
||
LBFC7 FCB 6-1 SIX COEFFICIENTS
|
||
LBFC8 FCB $84,$E6,$1A,$2D,$1B * -((2*PI)**11)/11!
|
||
LBFCD FCB $86,$28,$07,$FB,$F8 * ((2*PI)**9)/9!
|
||
LBFD2 FCB $87,$99,$68,$89,$01 * -((2*PI)**7)/7!
|
||
LBFD7 FCB $87,$23,$35,$DF,$E1 * ((2*PI)**5)/5!
|
||
LBFDC FCB $86,$A5,$5D,$E7,$28 * -((2*PI)**3)/3!
|
||
LBFE1 FCB $83,$49,$0F,$DA,$A2 *
|
||
|
||
FCB $A1,$54,$46,$8F,$13 UNUSED GARBAGE BYTES
|
||
FCB $8F,$52,$43,$89,$CD UNUSED GARBAGE BYTES
|
||
* EXTENDED BASIC
|
||
|
||
* COS
|
||
* THE VALUE OF COS(X) IS DETERMINED BY THE TRIG IDENTITY COS(X)=SIN((PI/2)+X)
|
||
COS LDX #L83AB POINT X TO FP CONSTANT (P1/2)
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD FPA0 TO (X)
|
||
L837E JMP SIN JUMP TO SIN ROUTINE
|
||
|
||
* TAN
|
||
* THE VALUE OF TAN(X) IS DETERMINED BY THE TRIG IDENTITY TAN(X)=SIN(X)/COS(X)
|
||
TAN JSR LBC2F PACK FPA0 AND MOVE IT TO FPA3
|
||
CLR RELFLG RESET QUADRANT FLAG
|
||
BSR L837E CALCULATE SIN OF ARGUMENT
|
||
LDX #V4A POINT X TO FPA5
|
||
JSR LBC35 PACK FPA0 AND MOVE IT TO FPA5
|
||
LDX #V40 POINT X TO FPA3
|
||
JSR LBC14 MOVE FPA3 TO FPA0
|
||
CLR FP0SGN FORCE FPA0 MANTISSA TO BE POSITIVE
|
||
LDA RELFLG GET THE QUADRANT FLAG - COS NEGATIVE IN QUADS 2,3
|
||
BSR L83A6 CALCULATE VALUE OF COS(FPA0)
|
||
TST FP0EXP CHECK EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
LBEQ LBA92 ‘OV’ ERROR IF COS(X)=0
|
||
LDX #V4A POINT X TO FPA5
|
||
L83A3 JMP LBB8F DIVIDE (X) BY FPA0 - SIN(X)/COS(X)
|
||
L83A6 PSHS A SAVE SIGN FLAG ON STACK
|
||
JMP LBFA6 EXPAND POLYNOMIAL
|
||
|
||
L83AB FCB $81,$49,$0F,$DA,$A2 1.57079633 (PI/2)
|
||
|
||
* ATN
|
||
* A 12 TERM TAYLOR SERIES IS USED TO EVALUATE THE
|
||
* ARCTAN EXPRESSION. TWO DIFFERENT FORMULI ARE USED
|
||
* TO EVALUATE THE EXPRESSION DEPENDING UPON
|
||
* WHETHER OR NOT THE ARGUMENT SQUARED IS > OR < 1.0
|
||
|
||
* IF X**2<1 THEN ATN=X-(X**3)/3+(X**5)/5-(X**7)/7. . .
|
||
* IF X**2>=1 THEN ATN=PI/2-(1/X-1/((X**3)*3)+(1/((X**5)*5)-. . .)
|
||
|
||
ATN LDA FP0SGN * GET THE SIGN OF THE MANTISSA AND
|
||
PSHS A * SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
BPL L83B8 BRANCH IF POSITIVE MANTISSA
|
||
BSR L83DC CHANGE SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
L83B8 LDA FP0EXP * GET EXPONENT OF FPA0 AND
|
||
PSHS A * SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
CMPA #$81 IS FPAO < 1.0?
|
||
BLO L83C5 YES
|
||
LDX #LBAC5 POINT X TO FP CONSTANT 1.0
|
||
BSR L83A3 GET RECIPROCAL OF FPA0
|
||
L83C5 LDX #L83E0 POINT (X) TO TAYLOR SERIES COEFFICIENTS
|
||
JSR LBEF0 EXPAND POLYNOMIAL
|
||
PULS A GET EXPONENT OF ARGUMENT
|
||
CMPA #$81 WAS ARGUMENT < 1.0?
|
||
BLO L83D7 YES
|
||
LDX #L83AB POINT (X) TO FP NUMBER (PI/2)
|
||
JSR LB9B9 SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM (PI/2)
|
||
L83D7 PULS A * GET SIGN OF INITIAL ARGUMENT MANTISSA
|
||
TSTA * AND SET FLAGS ACCORDING TO IT
|
||
BPL L83DF RETURN IF ARGUMENT WAS POSITIVE
|
||
L83DC JMP LBEE9 CHANGE MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
L83DF RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* TCHEBYSHEV MODIFIED TAYLOR SERIES COEFFICIENTS FOR ARCTANGENT
|
||
L83E0 FCB $0B TWELVE COEFFICIENTS
|
||
L83E1 FCB $76,$B3,$83,$BD,$D3 -6.84793912E-04 1/23
|
||
L83E6 FCB $79,$1E,$F4,$A6,$F5 +4.85094216E-03 1/21
|
||
L83EB FCB $7B,$83,$FC,$B0,$10 -0.0161117018
|
||
L83F0 FCB $7C,$0C,$1F,$67,$CA 0.0342096381
|
||
L83F5 FCB $7C,$DE,$53,$CB,$C1 -0.0542791328
|
||
L83FA FCB $7D,$14,$64,$70,$4C 0.0724571965
|
||
L83FF FCB $7D,$B7,$EA,$51,$7A -0.0898023954
|
||
L8404 FCB $7D,$63,$30,$88,$7E 0.110932413
|
||
L8409 FCB $7E,$92,$44,$99,$3A -0.142839808
|
||
L840E FCB $7E,$4C,$CC,$91,$C7 0.199999121
|
||
L8413 FCB $7F,$AA,$AA,$AA,$13 -0.333333316
|
||
L8418 FCB $81,$00,$00,$00,$00 1
|
||
*
|
||
*** TCHEBYSHEV MODIFIED TAYLOR SERIES COEFFICIENTS FOR LN(X)
|
||
*
|
||
L841D FCB 3 FOUR COEFFICIENTS
|
||
L841E FCB $7F,$5E,$56,$CB,$79 0.434255942
|
||
L8423 FCB $80,$13,$9B,$0B,$64 0.576584541
|
||
L8428 FCB $80,$76,$38,$93,$16 0.961800759
|
||
L842D FCB $82,$38,$AA,$3B,$20 2.88539007
|
||
|
||
L8432 FCB $80,$35,$04,$F3,$34 1/SQR(2)
|
||
|
||
L8437 FCB $81,$35,$04,$F3,$34 SQR(2)
|
||
|
||
L843C FCB $80,$80,$00,$00,$00 -0.5
|
||
|
||
L8441 FCB $80,$31,$72,$17,$F8 LN(2)
|
||
*
|
||
* LOG - NATURAL LOGARITHM (LN)
|
||
|
||
* THE NATURAL OR NAPERIAN LOGARITHM IS CALCULATED USING
|
||
* MATHEMATICAL IDENTITIES. FPA0 IS OF THE FORM FPA0=A*(2**B) (SCIENTIFIC
|
||
* NOTATION). THEREFORE, THE LOG ROUTINE DETERMINES THE VALUE OF
|
||
* LN(A*(2**B)). A SERIES OF MATHEMATICAL IDENTITIES WILL EXPAND THIS
|
||
* TERM: LN(A*(2**B))=(-1/2+(1/LN(2))*(LN(A*SQR(2)))+B)*LN(2). ALL OF
|
||
* THE TERMS OF THE LATTER EXPRESSION ARE CONSTANTS EXCEPT FOR THE
|
||
* LN(A*SQR(2)) TERM WHICH IS EVALUATED USING THE TAYLOR SERIES EXPANSION
|
||
LOG JSR LBC6D CHECK STATUS OF FPA0
|
||
LBLE LB44A ‘FC’ ERROR IF NEGATIVE OR ZERO
|
||
LDX #L8432 POINT (X) TO FP NUMBER (1/SQR(2))
|
||
LDA FP0EXP *GET EXPONENT OF ARGUMENT
|
||
SUBA #$80 *SUBTRACT OFF THE BIAS AND
|
||
PSHS A *SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
LDA #$80
|
||
STA FP0EXP
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD FPA0 TO (X)
|
||
LDX #L8437 POINT X TO SQR(2)
|
||
JSR LBB8F DIVIDE SQR(2) BY FPA0
|
||
LDX #LBAC5 POINT X TO FP VALUE OF 1.00
|
||
JSR LB9B9 SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM (X)
|
||
* NOW FPA0 = (1-SQR(2)*X)/(1+SQR(2)*X) WHERE X IS ARGUMENT
|
||
LDX #L841D POINT X TO TABLE OF COEFFICIENTS
|
||
JSR LBEF0 EXPAND POLYNOMIAL
|
||
LDX #L843C POINT X TO FP VALUE OF (-.5)
|
||
JSR LB9C2 ADD FPA0 TO X
|
||
PULS B GET EXPONENT OF ARGUMENT BACK (WITHOUT BIAS)
|
||
JSR LBD99 ADD ACCB TO FPA0
|
||
LDX #L8441 POINT X TO LN(2)
|
||
JMP LBACA MULTIPLY FPA0 * LN(2)
|
||
|
||
* SQR
|
||
SQR JSR LBC5F MOVE FPA0 TO FPA1
|
||
LDX #LBEC0 POINT (X) TO FP NUMBER (.5)
|
||
JSR LBC14 COPY A PACKED NUMBER FROM (X) TO FPA0
|
||
|
||
* ARITHMETIC OPERATOR FOR EXPONENTIATION JUMPS
|
||
* HERE. THE FORMULA USED TO EVALUATE EXPONENTIATION
|
||
* IS A**X=E**(X LN A) = E**(FPA0*LN(FPA1)), E=2.7182818
|
||
L8489 BEQ EXP DO A NATURAL EXPONENTIATION IF EXPONENT = 0
|
||
TSTA *CHECK VALUE BEING EXPONENTIATED
|
||
BNE L8491 *AND BRANCH IF IT IS <> 0
|
||
JMP LBA3A FPA0=0 IF RAISING ZERO TO A POWER
|
||
L8491 LDX #V4A * PACK FPA0 AND SAVE
|
||
JSR LBC35 * IT IN FPA5 (ARGUMENT’S EXPONENT)
|
||
CLRB ACCB=DEFAULT RESULT SIGN FLAG; 0=POSITIVE
|
||
LDA FP1SGN *CHECK THE SIGN OF ARGUMENT
|
||
BPL L84AC *BRANCH IF POSITIVE
|
||
JSR INT CONVERT EXPONENT INTO AN INTEGER
|
||
LDX #V4A POINT X TO FPA5 (ORIGINAL EXPONENT)
|
||
LDA FP1SGN GET MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA1 (ARGUMENT)
|
||
JSR LBCA0 *COMPARE FPA0 TO (X) AND
|
||
BNE L84AC *BRANCH IF NOT EQUAL
|
||
COMA TOGGLE FPA1 MANTISSA SIGN - FORCE POSITIVE
|
||
LDB CHARAC GET LS BYTE OF INTEGER VALUE OF EXPONENT (RESULT SIGN FLAG)
|
||
L84AC JSR LBC4C COPY FPA1 TO FPA0; ACCA = MANTISSA SIGN
|
||
PSHS B PUT RESULT SIGN FLAG ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LOG
|
||
LDX #V4A POINT (X) TO FPA5
|
||
JSR LBACA MULTIPLY FPA0 BY FPA5
|
||
BSR EXP CALCULATE E**(FPA0)
|
||
PULS A * GET RESULT SIGN FLAG FROM THE STACK
|
||
RORA * AND BRANCH IF NEGATIVE
|
||
LBCS LBEE9 CHANGE SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* CORRECTION FACTOR FOR EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION
|
||
L84C4 FCB $81,$38,$AA,$3B,$29 1.44269504 ( CF )
|
||
*
|
||
* TCHEBYSHEV MODIFIED TAYLOR SERIES COEFFICIENTS FOR E**X
|
||
*
|
||
L84C9 FCB 7 EIGHT COEFFICIENTS
|
||
L84CA FCB $71,$34,$58,$3E,$56 2.14987637E-05: 1/(7!*(CF**7))
|
||
L84CF FCB $74,$16,$7E,$B3,$1B 1.4352314E-04 : 1/(6!*(CF**6))
|
||
L84D4 FCB $77,$2F,$EE,$E3,$85 1.34226348E-03: 1/(5!*(CF**5))
|
||
L84D9 FCB $7A,$1D,$84,$1C,$2A 9.61401701E-03: 1/(4!*(CF**4))
|
||
L84DE FCB $7C,$63,$59,$58,$0A 0.0555051269
|
||
L84E3 FCB $7E,$75,$FD,$E7,$C6 0.240226385
|
||
L84E8 FCB $80,$31,$72,$18,$10 0.693147186
|
||
L84ED FCB $81,$00,$00,$00,$00 1
|
||
*
|
||
* EXP ( E**X)
|
||
* THE EXPONENTIAL FUNCTION IS EVALUATED BY FIRST MULTIPLYING THE
|
||
* ARGUMENT BY A CORRECTION FACTOR (CF). AFTER THIS IS DONE, AN
|
||
* ARGUMENT >= 127 WILL YIELD A ZERO RESULT (NO UNDERFLOW) FOR A
|
||
* NEGATIVE ARGUMENT OR AN 'OV' (OVERFLOW) ERROR FOR A POSITIVE
|
||
* ARGUMENT. THE POLYNOMIAL COEFFICIENTS ARE MODIFIED TO REFLECT
|
||
* THE CF MULTIPLICATION AT THE START OF THE EVALUATION PROCESS.
|
||
|
||
EXP LDX #L84C4 POINT X TO THE CORRECTION FACTOR
|
||
JSR LBACA MULTIPLY FPA0 BY (X)
|
||
JSR LBC2F PACK FPA0 AND STORE IT IN FPA3
|
||
LDA FP0EXP *GET EXPONENT OF FPA0 AND
|
||
CMPA #$88 *COMPARE TO THE MAXIMUM VALUE
|
||
BLO L8504 BRANCH IF FPA0 < 128
|
||
L8501 JMP LBB5C SET FPA0 = 0 OR ‘OV’ ERROR
|
||
L8504 JSR INT CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER
|
||
LDA CHARAC GET LS BYTE OF INTEGER
|
||
ADDA #$81 * WAS THE ARGUMENT =127, IF SO
|
||
BEQ L8501 * THEN ‘OV’ ERROR; THIS WILL ALSO ADD THE $80 BIAS
|
||
* * REQUIRED WHEN THE NEW EXPONENT IS CALCULATED BELOW
|
||
DECA DECREMENT ONE FROM THE EXPONENT, BECAUSE $81, NOT $80 WAS USED ABOVE
|
||
PSHS A SAVE EXPONENT OF INTEGER PORTION ON STACK
|
||
LDX #V40 POINT (X) TO FPA3
|
||
JSR LB9B9 SUBTRACT FPA0 FROM (X) - GET FRACTIONAL PART OF ARGUMENT
|
||
LDX #L84C9 POINT X TO COEFFICIENTS
|
||
JSR LBEFF EVALUATE POLYNOMIAL FOR FRACTIONAL PART
|
||
CLR RESSGN FORCE THE MANTISSA TO BE POSITIVE
|
||
PULS A GET INTEGER EXPONENT FROM STACK
|
||
JSR LBB48 * CALCULATE EXPONENT OF NEW FPA0 BY ADDING THE EXPONENTS OF THE
|
||
* * INTEGER AND FRACTIONAL PARTS
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* FIX
|
||
FIX JSR LBC6D CHECK STATUS OF FPA0
|
||
BMI L852C BRANCH IF FPA0 = NEGATIVE
|
||
L8529 JMP INT CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER
|
||
L852C COM FP0SGN TOGGLE SIGN OF FPA0 MANTISSA
|
||
BSR L8529 CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER
|
||
JMP LBEE9 TOGGLE SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
|
||
* EDIT
|
||
EDIT JSR L89AE GET LINE NUMBER FROM BASIC
|
||
LEAS $02,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
L8538 LDA #$01 ‘LIST’ FLAG
|
||
STA VD8 SET FLAG TO LIST LINE
|
||
JSR LAD01 GO FIND THE LINE NUMBER IN PROGRAM
|
||
LBCS LAED2 ERROR #7 ‘UNDEFINED LINE #'
|
||
JSR LB7C2 GO UNCRUNCH LINE INTO BUFFER AT LINBUF+1
|
||
TFR Y,D PUT ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF END OF LINE TO ACCD
|
||
SUBD #LINBUF+2 SUBTRACT OUT THE START OF LINE
|
||
STB VD7 SAVE LENGTH OF LINE
|
||
L854D LDD BINVAL GET THE HEX VALUE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LBDCC LIST THE LINE NUMBER ON THE SCREEN
|
||
JSR LB9AC PRINT A SPACE
|
||
LDX #LINBUF+1 POINT X TO BUFFER
|
||
LDB VD8 * CHECK TO SEE IF LINE IS TO BE
|
||
BNE L8581 * LISTED TO SCREEN - BRANCH IF IT IS
|
||
L855C CLRB RESET DIGIT ACCUMULATOR - DEFAULT VALUE
|
||
L855D JSR L8687 GET KEY STROKE
|
||
JSR L90AA SET CARRY IF NOT NUMERIC
|
||
BLO L8570 BRANCH IF NOT NUMERIC
|
||
SUBA #'0' MASK OFF ASCII
|
||
PSHS A SAVE IT ON STACK
|
||
LDA #10 NUMBER BEING CONVERTED IS BASE 10
|
||
MUL MULTIPLY ACCUMULATED VALUE BY BASE (10)
|
||
ADDB ,S+ ADD DIGIT TO ACCUMULATED VALUE
|
||
BRA L855D CHECK FOR ANOTHER DIGIT
|
||
L8570 SUBB #$01 * REPEAT PARAMETER IN ACCB; IF IT
|
||
ADCB #$01 *IS 0, THEN MAKE IT ‘1’
|
||
CMPA #'A' ABORT?
|
||
BNE L857D NO
|
||
JSR LB958 PRINT CARRIAGE RETURN TO SCREEN
|
||
BRA L8538 RESTART EDIT PROCESS - CANCEL ALL CHANGES
|
||
L857D CMPA #'L' LIST?
|
||
BNE L858C NO
|
||
L8581 BSR L85B4 LIST THE LINE
|
||
CLR VD8 RESET THE LIST FLAG TO ‘NO LIST’
|
||
JSR LB958 PRINT CARRIAGE RETURN
|
||
BRA L854D GO INTERPRET ANOTHER EDIT COMMAND
|
||
L858A LEAS $02,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
L858C CMPA #CR ENTER KEY?
|
||
BNE L859D NO
|
||
BSR L85B4 ECHO THE LINE TO THE SCREEN
|
||
L8592 JSR LB958 PRINT CARRIAGE RETURN
|
||
LDX #LINBUF+1 * RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
STX CHARAD * TO THE LINE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
JMP LACA8 GO PUT LINE BACK IN PROGRAM
|
||
L859D CMPA #'E' EXIT?
|
||
BEQ L8592 YES - SAME AS ENTER EXCEPT NO ECHO
|
||
CMPA #'Q' QUIT?
|
||
BNE L85AB NO
|
||
JSR LB958 PRINT CARRIAGE RETURN TO SCREEN
|
||
JMP LAC73 GO TO COMMAND LEVEL - MAKE NO CHANGES
|
||
L85AB BSR L85AF INTERPRET THE REMAINING COMMANDS AS SUBROUTINES
|
||
BRA L855C GO INTERPRET ANOTHER EDIT COMMAND
|
||
L85AF CMPA #SPACE SPACE BAR?
|
||
BNE L85C3 NO
|
||
L85B3 FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
* DISPLAY THE NEXT ACCB BYTES OF THE LINE IN THE BUFFER TO THE SCREEN
|
||
*
|
||
L85B4 LDB #LBUFMX-1 250 BYTES MAX IN BUFFER
|
||
L85B6 LDA ,X GET A CHARACTER FROM BUFFER
|
||
BEQ L85C2 EXIT IF IT’S A 0
|
||
JSR PUTCHR SEND CHAR TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
DECB DECREMENT CHARACTER COUNTER
|
||
BNE L85B6 LOOP IF NOT DONE
|
||
L85C2 RTS
|
||
L85C3 CMPA #'D' DELETE?
|
||
BNE L860F NO
|
||
L85C7 TST ,X * CHECK FOR END OF LINE
|
||
BEQ L85C2 * AND BRANCH IF SO
|
||
BSR L85D1 REMOVE A CHARACTER
|
||
DECB DECREMENT REPEAT PARAMETER
|
||
BNE L85C7 BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
RTS
|
||
* REMOVE ONE CHARACTER FROM BUFFER
|
||
L85D1 DEC VD7 DECREMENT LENGTH OF BUFFER
|
||
LEAY $-01,X POINT Y TO ONE BEFORE CURRENT BUFFER POINTER
|
||
L85D5 LEAY $01,Y INCREMENT TEMPORARY BUFFER POINTER
|
||
LDA $01,Y GET NEXT CHARACTER
|
||
STA ,Y PUT IT IN CURRENT POSITION
|
||
BNE L85D5 BRANCH IF NOT END OF LINE
|
||
RTS
|
||
L85DE CMPA #'I' INSERT?
|
||
BEQ L85F5 YES
|
||
CMPA #'X' EXTEND?
|
||
BEQ L85F3 YES
|
||
CMPA #'H' HACK?
|
||
BNE L8646 NO
|
||
CLR ,X TURN CURRENT BUFFER POINTER INTO END OF LINE FLAG
|
||
TFR X,D PUT CURRENT BUFFER POINTER IN ACCD
|
||
SUBD #LINBUF+2 SUBTRACT INITIAL POINTER POSITION
|
||
STB VD7 SAVE NEW BUFFER LENGTH
|
||
L85F3 BSR L85B4 DISPLAY THE LINE ON THE SCREEN
|
||
L85F5 JSR L8687 GET A KEYSTROKE
|
||
CMPA #CR ENTER KEY?
|
||
BEQ L858A YES - INTERPRET ANOTHER COMMAND - PRINT LINE
|
||
CMPA #ESC ESCAPE?
|
||
BEQ L8625 YES - RETURN TO COMMAND LEVEL - DON’T PRINT LINE
|
||
CMPA #BS BACK SPACE?
|
||
BNE L8626 NO
|
||
CMPX #LINBUF+1 COMPARE POINTER TO START OF BUFFER
|
||
BEQ L85F5 DO NOT ALLOW BS IF AT START
|
||
BSR L8650 MOVE POINTER BACK ONE, BS TO SCREEN
|
||
BSR L85D1 REMOVE ONE CHARACTER FROM BUFFER
|
||
BRA L85F5 GET INSERT SUB COMMAND
|
||
L860F CMPA #'C' CHANGE?
|
||
BNE L85DE NO
|
||
L8613 TST ,X CHECK CURRENT BUFFER CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8625 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
JSR L8687 GET A KEYSTROKE
|
||
BLO L861E BRANCH IF LEGITIMATE KEY
|
||
BRA L8613 TRY AGAIN IF ILLEGAL KEY
|
||
L861E STA ,X+ INSERT NEW CHARACTER INTO BUFFER
|
||
BSR L8659 SEND NEW CHARACTER TO SCREEN
|
||
DECB DECREMENT REPEAT PARAMETER
|
||
BNE L8613 BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
L8625 RTS
|
||
L8626 LDB VD7 GET LENGTH OF LINE
|
||
CMPB #LBUFMX-1 COMPARE TO MAXIMUM LENGTH
|
||
BNE L862E BRANCH IF NOT AT MAXIMUM
|
||
BRA L85F5 IGNORE INPUT IF LINE AT MAXIMUM LENGTH
|
||
L862E PSHS X SAVE CURRENT BUFFER POINTER
|
||
L8630 TST ,X+ * SCAN THE LINE UNTIL END OF
|
||
BNE L8630 * LINE (0) IS FOUND
|
||
L8634 LDB ,-X DECR TEMP LINE POINTER AND GET A CHARACTER
|
||
STB $01,X PUT CHARACTER BACK DOWN ONE SPOT
|
||
CMPX ,S HAVE WE REACHED STARTING POINT?
|
||
BNE L8634 NO - KEEP GOING
|
||
LEAS $02,S PURGE BUFFER POINTER FROM STACK
|
||
STA ,X+ INSERT NEW CHARACTER INTO THE LINE
|
||
BSR L8659 SEND A CHARACTER TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
INC VD7 ADD ONE TO BUFFER LENGTH
|
||
BRA L85F5 GET INSERT SUB COMMAND
|
||
L8646 CMPA #BS BACKSPACE?
|
||
BNE L865C NO
|
||
L864A BSR L8650 MOVE POINTER BACK 1, SEND BS TO SCREEN
|
||
DECB DECREMENT REPEAT PARAMETER
|
||
BNE L864A LOOP UNTIL DONE
|
||
RTS
|
||
L8650 CMPX #LINBUF+1 COMPARE POINTER TO START OF BUFFER
|
||
BEQ L8625 DO NOT ALLOW BS IF AT START
|
||
LEAX $-01,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
LDA #BS BACK SPACE
|
||
L8659 JMP PUTCHR SEND TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
L865C CMPA #'K' KILL?
|
||
BEQ L8665 YES
|
||
SUBA #'S' SEARCH?
|
||
BEQ L8665 YES
|
||
RTS
|
||
L8665 PSHS A SAVE KILL/SEARCH FLAG ON STACK
|
||
BSR L8687 * GET A KEYSTROKE (TARGET CHARACTER)
|
||
PSHS A * AND SAVE IT ON STACK
|
||
L866B LDA ,X GET CURRENT BUFFER CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8685 AND RETURN IF END OF LINE
|
||
TST $01,S CHECK KILL/SEARCH FLAG
|
||
BNE L8679 BRANCH IF KILL
|
||
BSR L8659 SEND A CHARACTER TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
LEAX $01,X INCREMENT BUFFER POINTER
|
||
BRA L867C CHECK NEXT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
L8679 JSR L85D1 REMOVE ONE CHARACTER FROM BUFFER
|
||
L867C LDA ,X GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA ,S COMPARE TO TARGET CHARACTER
|
||
BNE L866B BRANCH IF NO MATCH
|
||
DECB DECREMENT REPEAT PARAMETER
|
||
BNE L866B BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
L8685 PULS Y,PC THE Y PULL WILL CLEAN UP THE STACK FOR THE 2 PSHS A
|
||
*
|
||
* GET A KEYSTRKE
|
||
L8687 JSR LA171 CALL CONSOLE IN : DEV NBR=SCREEN
|
||
CMPA #$7F GRAPHIC CHARACTER?
|
||
BCC L8687 YES - GET ANOTHER CHAR
|
||
CMPA #$5F SHIFT UP ARROW (QUIT INSERT)
|
||
BNE L8694 NO
|
||
LDA #ESC REPLACE W/ESCAPE CODE
|
||
L8694 CMPA #CR ENTER KEY
|
||
BEQ L86A6 YES
|
||
CMPA #ESC ESCAPE?
|
||
BEQ L86A6 YES
|
||
CMPA #BS BACKSPACE?
|
||
BEQ L86A6 YES
|
||
CMPA #SPACE SPACE
|
||
BLO L8687 GET ANOTHER CHAR IF CONTROL CHAR
|
||
ORCC #$01 SET CARRY
|
||
L86A6 RTS
|
||
|
||
* TRON
|
||
TRON FCB SKP1LD SKIP ONE BYTE AND LDA #$4F
|
||
|
||
* TROFF
|
||
TROFF CLRA TROFF FLAG
|
||
STA TRCFLG TRON/TROFF FLAG:0=TROFF, <> 0=TRON
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* POS
|
||
|
||
POS LDA #0 GET DEVICE NUMBER
|
||
LDB LPTPOS GET PRINT POSITION
|
||
LA5E8 SEX CONVERT ACCB TO 2 DIGIT SIGNED INTEGER
|
||
JMP GIVABF CONVERT ACCD TO FLOATING POINT
|
||
|
||
|
||
* VARPTR
|
||
VARPT JSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘
|
||
LDD ARYEND GET ADDR OF END OF ARRAYS
|
||
PSHS B,A SAVE IT ON STACK
|
||
JSR LB357 GET VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘)‘
|
||
PULS A,B GET END OF ARRAYS ADDR BACK
|
||
EXG X,D SWAP END OF ARRAYS AND VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
CMPX ARYEND COMPARE TO NEW END OF ARRAYS
|
||
BNE L8724 ‘FC’ ERROR IF VARIABLE WAS NOT DEFINED PRIOR TO CALLING VARPTR
|
||
JMP GIVABF CONVERT VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR INTO A FP NUMBER
|
||
|
||
* MID$(OLDSTRING,POSITION,LENGTH)=REPLACEMENT
|
||
L86D6 JSR GETNCH GET INPUT CHAR FROM BASIC
|
||
JSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘
|
||
JSR LB357 * GET VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS AND
|
||
PSHS X * SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
LDD $02,X POINT ACCD TO START OF OLDSTRING
|
||
CMPD FRETOP COMPARE TO START OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
BLS L86EB BRANCH IF <=
|
||
SUBD MEMSIZ SUBTRACT OUT TOP OF CLEARED SPACE
|
||
BLS L86FD BRANCH IF STRING IN STRING SPACE
|
||
L86EB LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF OLDSTRING
|
||
JSR LB56D RESERVE ACCB BYTES IN STRING SPACE
|
||
PSHS X SAVE RESERVED SPACE STRING ADDRESS ON STACK
|
||
LDX $02,S POINT X TO OLDSTRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
JSR LB643 MOVE OLDSTRING INTO STRING SPACE
|
||
PULS X,U * GET OLDSTRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS AND RESERVED STRING
|
||
STX $02,U * ADDRESS AND SAVE RESERVED ADDRESS AS OLDSTRING ADDRESS
|
||
PSHS U SAVE OLDSTRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
L86FD JSR LB738 SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA AND EVALUATE LENGTH EXPRESSION
|
||
PSHS B SAVE POSITION PARAMETER ON STACK
|
||
TSTB * CHECK POSITION PARAMETER AND BRANCH
|
||
BEQ L8724 * IF START OF STRING
|
||
LDB #$FF DEFAULT REPLACEMENT LENGTH = $FF
|
||
CMPA #')' * CHECK FOR END OF MID$ STATEMENT AND
|
||
BEQ L870E * BRANCH IF AT END OF STATEMENT
|
||
JSR LB738 SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA AND EVALUATE LENGTH EXPRESSION
|
||
L870E PSHS B SAVE LENGTH PARAMETER ON STACK
|
||
JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘)‘
|
||
LDB #TOK_EQUALS TOKEN FOR =
|
||
JSR LB26F SYNTAX CHECK FOR “=‘
|
||
BSR L8748 EVALUATE REPLACEMENT STRING
|
||
TFR X,U SAVE REPLACEMENT STRING ADDRESS IN U
|
||
LDX $02,S POINT X TO OLOSTRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LDA ,X GET LENGTH OF OLDSTRING
|
||
SUBA $01,S SUBTRACT POSITION PARAMETER
|
||
BCC L8727 INSERT REPLACEMENT STRING INTO OLDSTRING
|
||
L8724 JMP LB44A ‘FC’ ERROR IF POSITION > LENGTH OF OLDSTRING
|
||
L8727 INCA * NOW ACCA = NUMBER OF CHARACTERS TO THE RIGHT
|
||
* * (INCLUSIVE) OF THE POSITION PARAMETER
|
||
CMPA ,S
|
||
BCC L872E BRANCH IF NEW STRING WILL FIT IN OLDSTRING
|
||
STA ,S IF NOT, USE AS MUCH OF LENGTH PARAMETER AS WILL FIT
|
||
L872E LDA $01,S GET POSITION PARAMETER
|
||
EXG A,B ACCA=LENGTH OF REPL STRING, ACCB=POSITION PARAMETER
|
||
LDX $02,X POINT X TO OLDSTRING ADDRESS
|
||
DECB * BASIC’S POSITION PARAMETER STARTS AT 1; THIS ROUTINE
|
||
* * WANTS IT TO START AT ZERO
|
||
ABX POINT X TO POSITION IN OLDSTRING WHERE THE REPLACEMENT WILL GO
|
||
TSTA * IF THE LENGTH OF THE REPLACEMENT STRING IS ZERO
|
||
BEQ L8746 * THEN RETURN
|
||
CMPA ,S
|
||
BLS L873F ADJUSTED LENGTH PARAMETER, THEN BRANCH
|
||
LDA ,S OTHERWISE USE AS MUCH ROOM AS IS AVAILABLE
|
||
L873F TFR A,B SAVE NUMBER OF BYTES TO MOVE IN ACCB
|
||
EXG U,X SWAP SOURCE AND DESTINATION POINTERS
|
||
JSR LA59A MOVE (B) BYTES FROM (X) TO (U)
|
||
L8746 PULS A,B,X,PC
|
||
L8748 JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
JMP LB654 *‘TM’ ERROR IF NUMERIC; RETURN WITH X POINTING
|
||
* *TO STRING, ACCB = LENGTH
|
||
|
||
* STRING
|
||
STRING JSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(’
|
||
JSR LB70B EVALUATE EXPRESSION; ERROR IF > 255
|
||
PSHS B SAVE LENGTH OF STRING
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘)‘
|
||
LDA VALTYP GET VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
BNE L8768 BRANCH IF STRING
|
||
JSR LB70E CONVERT FPA0 INTO AN INTEGER IN ACCB
|
||
BRA L876B SAVE THE STRING IN STRING SPACE
|
||
L8768 JSR LB6A4 GET FIRST BYTE OF STRING
|
||
L876B PSHS B SAVE FIRST BYTE OF EXPRESSION
|
||
LDB $01,S GET LENGTH OF STRING
|
||
JSR LB50F RESERVE ACCB BYTES IN STRING SPACE
|
||
PULS A,B GET LENGTH OF STRING AND CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L877B BRANCH IF NULL STRING
|
||
L8776 STA ,X+ SAVE A CHARACTER IN STRING SPACE
|
||
DECB DECREMENT LENGTH
|
||
BNE L8776 BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
L877B JMP LB69B PUT STRING DESCRIPTOR ONTO STRING STACK
|
||
|
||
* INSTR
|
||
INSTR JSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
LDB #$01 DEFAULT POSITION = 1 (SEARCH START)
|
||
PSHS B SAVE START
|
||
LDA VALTYP GET VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
BNE L879C BRANCH IF STRING
|
||
JSR LB70E CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER IN ACCB
|
||
STB ,S SAVE START SEARCH VALUE
|
||
BEQ L8724 BRANCH IF START SEARCH AT ZERO
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION - SEARCH STRING
|
||
JSR LB146 ‘TM’ ERROR IF NUMERIC
|
||
L879C LDX FPA0+2 SEARCH STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
PSHS X SAVE ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
JSR L8748 EVALUATE TARGET STRING EXPRESSION
|
||
PSHS X,B SAVE ADDRESS AND LENGTH ON STACK
|
||
JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ')'
|
||
LDX $03,S * LOAD X WITH SEARCH STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
JSR LB659 * AND GET THE LENGTH ANDADDRESS OF SEARCH STRING
|
||
PSHS B SAVE LENGTH ON STACK
|
||
*
|
||
* AT THIS POINT THE STACK HAS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION
|
||
* ON IT: 0,S-SEARCH LENGTH; 1,S-TARGET LENGTH; 2 3,S-TARGET
|
||
* ADDRESS; 4 5,S-SEARCH DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS; 6,S-SEARCH POSITION
|
||
CMPB $06,S COMPARE LENGTH OF SEARCH STRING TO START
|
||
BLO L87D9 POSITION; RETURN 0 IF LENGTH < START
|
||
LDA $01,S GET LENGTH OF TARGET STRING
|
||
BEQ L87D6 BRANCH IF TARGET STRING = NULL
|
||
LDB $06,S GET START POSITION
|
||
DECB MOVE BACK ONE
|
||
ABX POINT X TO POSITION IN SEARCH STRING WHERE SEARCHING WILL START
|
||
L87BE LEAY ,X POINT Y TO SEARCH POSITION
|
||
LDU $02,S POINT U TO START OF TARGET
|
||
LDB $01,S LOAD ACCB WITH LENGTH OF TARGET
|
||
LDA ,S LOAD ACCA WITH LENGTH OF SEARCH
|
||
SUBA $06,S SUBTRACT SEARCH POSITION FROM SEARCH LENGTH
|
||
INCA ADD ONE
|
||
CMPA $01,S COMPARE TO TARGET LENGTH
|
||
BLO L87D9 RETURN 0 IF TARGET LENGTH > WHAT’S LEFT OF SEARCH STRING
|
||
L87CD LDA ,X+ GET A CHARACTER FROM SEARCH STRING
|
||
CMPA ,U+ COMPARE IT TO TARGET STRING
|
||
BNE L87DF BRANCH IF NO MATCH
|
||
DECB DECREMENT TARGET LENGTH
|
||
BNE L87CD CHECK ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
L87D6 LDB $06,S GET MATCH POSITION
|
||
L87D8 FCB SKP1 SKIP NEXT BYTE
|
||
L87D9 CLRB MATCH ADDRESS = 0
|
||
LEAS $07,S CLEAN UP THE STACK
|
||
JMP LB4F3 CONVERT ACCB TO FP NUMBER
|
||
L87DF INC $06,S INCREMENT SEARCH POSITION
|
||
LEAX $01,Y MOVE X TO NEXT SEARCH POSITION
|
||
BRA L87BE KEEP LOOKING FOR A MATCH
|
||
|
||
* EXTENDED BASIC RVEC19 HOOK CODE
|
||
XVEC19 CMPA #'&' *
|
||
BNE L8845 * RETURN IF NOT HEX OR OCTAL VARIABLE
|
||
LEAS $02,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS FROM STACK
|
||
* PROCESS A VARIABLE PRECEEDED BY A ‘&‘ (&H,&O)
|
||
L87EB CLR FPA0+2 * CLEAR BOTTOM TWO
|
||
CLR FPA0+3 * BYTES OF FPA0
|
||
LDX #FPA0+2 BYTES 2,3 OF FPA0 = (TEMPORARY ACCUMULATOR)
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPA #'O'
|
||
BEQ L880A YES
|
||
CMPA #'H'
|
||
BEQ L881F YES
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BRA L880C DEFAULT TO OCTAL (&O)
|
||
L8800 CMPA #'8'
|
||
LBHI LB277
|
||
LDB #$03 BASE 8 MULTIPLIER
|
||
BSR L8834 ADD DIGIT TO TEMPORARY ACCUMULATOR
|
||
* EVALUATE AN &O VARIABLE
|
||
L880A JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
L880C BLO L8800 BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
L880E CLR FPA0 * CLEAR 2 HIGH ORDER
|
||
CLR FPA0+1 * BYTES OF FPA0
|
||
CLR VALTYP SET VARXABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
CLR FPSBYT ZERO OUT SUB BYTE OF FPA0
|
||
CLR FP0SGN ZERO OUT MANTISSA SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
LDB #$A0 * SET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
STB FP0EXP *
|
||
JMP LBA1C GO NORMALIZE FPA0
|
||
* EVALUATE AN &H VARIABLE
|
||
L881F JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BLO L882E BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
JSR LB3A2 SET CARRY IF NOT ALPHA
|
||
BLO L880E BRANCH IF NOT ALPHA OR NUMERIC
|
||
CMPA #'G' CHECK FOR LETTERS A-F
|
||
BCC L880E BRANCH IF >= G (ILLEGAL HEX LETTER)
|
||
SUBA #7 SUBTRACT ASCII DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A AND 9
|
||
L882E LDB #$04 BASE 16 DIGIT MULTIPLIER = 2**4
|
||
BSR L8834 ADD DIGIT TO TEMPORARY ACCUMULATOR
|
||
BRA L881F KEEP EVALUATING VARIABLE
|
||
L8834 ASL $01,X * MULTIPLY TEMPORARY
|
||
ROL ,X * ACCUMULATOR BY TWO
|
||
LBCS LBA92 ‘OV' OVERFLOW ERROR
|
||
DECB DECREMENT SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
BNE L8834 MULTIPLY TEMPORARY ACCUMULATOR AGAIN
|
||
SUBA #'0' MASK OFF ASCII
|
||
ADDA $01,X * ADD DIGIT TO TEMPORARY
|
||
STA $01,X * ACCUMULATOR AND SAVE IT
|
||
L8845 RTS
|
||
|
||
XVEC15 PULS U PULL RETURN ADDRESS AND SAVE IN U REGISTER
|
||
CLR VALTYP SET VARIABLE TYPE TO NUMERIC
|
||
LDX CHARAD CURRENT INPUT POINTER TO X
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPA #'&' HEX AND OCTAL VARIABLES ARE PRECEEDED BY &
|
||
BEQ L87EB PROCESS A ‘&‘ VARIABLE
|
||
CMPA #TOK_FN TOKEN FOR FN
|
||
BEQ L88B4 PROCESS FN CALL
|
||
CMPA #$FF CHECK FOR SECONDARY TOKEN
|
||
BNE L8862 NOT SECONDARY
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPA #TOK_USR TOKEN FOR USR
|
||
LBEQ L892C PROCESS USR CALL
|
||
L8862 STX CHARAD RESTORE BASIC’S INPUT POINTER
|
||
JMP ,U RETURN TO CALLING ROUTINE
|
||
L8866 LDX CURLIN GET CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
LEAX $01,X IN DIRECT MODE?
|
||
BNE L8845 RETURN IF NOT IN DIRECT MODE
|
||
LDB #2*11 ‘ILLEGAL DIRECT STATEMENT’ ERROR
|
||
L886E JMP LAC46 PROCESS ERROR
|
||
|
||
DEF LDX [CHARAD] GET TWO INPUT CHARS
|
||
CMPX #TOK_FF_USR TOKEN FOR USR
|
||
LBEQ L890F BRANCH IF DEF USR
|
||
BSR L88A1 GET DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS FOR FN VARIABLE NAME
|
||
BSR L8866 DON’T ALLOW DEF FN IF IN DIRECT MODE
|
||
JSR LB26A SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘
|
||
LDB #$80 * GET THE FLAG TO INDICATE ARRAY VARIABLE SEARCH DISABLE
|
||
STB ARYDIS * AND SAVE IT IN THE ARRAY DISABLE FLAG
|
||
JSR LB357 GET VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
BSR L88B1 ‘TM’ ERROR IF STRING
|
||
JSR LB267 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘)‘
|
||
LDB #TOK_EQUALS TOKEN FOR ‘=‘
|
||
JSR LB26F DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR =
|
||
LDX V4B GET THE ADDRESS OF THE FN NAME DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDD CHARAD * GET THE CURRENT INPUT POINTER ADDRESS AND
|
||
STD ,X * SAVE IT IN FIRST 2 BYTES OF THE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDD VARPTR = GET THE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF THE ARGUMENT
|
||
STD $02,X = VARIABLE AND SAVE IT IN THE DESCRIPTOR OF THE FN NAME
|
||
JMP DATA MOVE INPUT POINTER TO END OF LINE OR SUBLINE
|
||
L88A1 LDB #TOK_FN TOKEN FOR FN
|
||
JSR LB26F DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR FN
|
||
LDB #$80 * GET THE FLAG TO INDICATE ARRAY VARIABLE SEARCH DISABLE FLAG
|
||
STB ARYDIS * AND SAVE IT IN ARRAY VARIABLE FLAG
|
||
ORA #$80 SET BIT 7 OF CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER TO INDICATE AN FN VARIABLE
|
||
JSR LB35C * GET THE DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS OF THIS
|
||
STX V4B * VARIABLE AND SAVE IT IN V4B
|
||
L88B1 JMP LB143 ‘TM’ ERROR IF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
* EVALUATE AN FN CALL
|
||
L88B4 BSR L88A1 * GET THE DESCRIPTOR OF THE FN NAME
|
||
PSHS X * VARIABLE AND SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB262 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘ & EVALUATE EXPR
|
||
BSR L88B1 ‘TM’ ERROR IF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
PULS U POINT U TO FN NAME DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDB #2*25 ‘UNDEFINED FUNCTION CALL’ ERROR
|
||
LDX $02,U POINT X TO ARGUMENT VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
BEQ L886E BRANCH TO ERROR HANDLER
|
||
LDY CHARAD SAVE CURRENT INPUT POINTER IN Y
|
||
LDU ,U * POINT U TO START OF FN FORMULA AND
|
||
STU CHARAD * SAVE IT IN INPUT POINTER
|
||
LDA $04,X = GET FP VALUE OF
|
||
PSHS A = ARGUMENT VARIABLE, CURRENT INPUT
|
||
LDD ,X = POINTER, AND ADDRESS OF START
|
||
LDU $02,X = OF FN FORMULA AND SAVE
|
||
PSHS U,Y,X,B,A = THEM ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LBC35 PACK FPA0 AND SAVE IT IN (X)
|
||
L88D9 JSR LB141 EVALUATE FN EXPRESSION
|
||
PULS A,B,X,Y,U RESTORE REGISTERS
|
||
STD ,X * GET THE FP
|
||
STU $02,X * VALUE OF THE ARGUMENT
|
||
PULS A * VARIABLE OFF OF THE
|
||
STA $04,X * STACK AND RE-SAVE IT
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET FINAL CHARACTER OF THE FN FORMULA
|
||
LBNE LB277 ‘SYNTAX’ ERROR IF NOT END OF LINE
|
||
STY CHARAD RESTORE INPUT POINTER
|
||
L88EF RTS
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
* DEF USR
|
||
L890F JSR GETNCH SKIP PAST SECOND BYTE OF DEF USR TOKEN
|
||
BSR L891C GET FN NUMBER
|
||
PSHS X SAVE FN EXEC ADDRESS STORAGE LOC
|
||
BSR L8944 CALCULATE EXEC ADDRESS
|
||
PULS U GET FN EXEC ADDRESS STORAGE LOC
|
||
STX ,U SAVE EXEC ADDRESS
|
||
RTS
|
||
L891C CLRB DEFAULT TO USR0 IF NO ARGUMENT
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BCC L8927 BRANCH IF NOT NUMERIC
|
||
SUBA #'0' MASK OFF ASCII
|
||
TFR A,B SAVE USR NUMBER IN ACCB
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
L8927 LDX USRADR GET ADDRESS OF STORAGE LOCs FOR USR ADDRESS
|
||
ASLB X2 - 2 BYTES/USR ADDRESS
|
||
ABX ADD OFFSET TO START ADDRESS OF STORAGE LOCs
|
||
RTS
|
||
* PROCESS A USR CALL
|
||
L892C BSR L891C GET STORAGE LOC OF EXEC ADDRESS FOR USR N
|
||
LDX ,X * GET EXEC ADDRESS AND
|
||
PSHS X * PUSH IT ONTO STACK
|
||
JSR LB262 SYNTAX CHECK FOR ‘(‘ & EVALUATE EXPR
|
||
LDX #FP0EXP POINT X TO FPA0
|
||
LDA VALTYP GET VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
BEQ L8943 BRANCH IF NUMERIC, STRING IF <> 0
|
||
JSR LB657 GET LENGTH & ADDRESS OF STRING VARIABLE
|
||
LDX FPA0+2 GET POINTER TO STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
LDA VALTYP GET VARIABLE TYPE
|
||
L8943 RTS JUMP TO USR ROUTINE (PSHS X ABOVE)
|
||
L8944 LDB #TOK_EQUALS TOKEN FOR ‘=‘
|
||
JSR LB26F DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR =
|
||
JMP LB73D EVALUATE EXPRESSION, RETURN VALUE IN X
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
* DEL
|
||
DEL LBEQ LB44A FC’ ERROR IF NO ARGUMENT
|
||
JSR LAF67 CONVERT A DECIMAL BASiC NUMBER TO BINARY
|
||
JSR LAD01 FIND RAM ADDRESS OF START OF A BASIC LINE
|
||
STX VD3 SAVE RAM ADDRESS OF STARTING LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8990 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
CMPA #TOK_MINUS TOKEN FOR ‘-'
|
||
BNE L89BF TERMINATE COMMAND IF LINE NUMBER NOT FOLLOWED BY ‘-‘
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BEQ L898C IF END OF LINE, USE DEFAULT ENDING LINE NUMBER
|
||
BSR L89AE * CONVERT ENDING LINE NUMBER TO BINARY
|
||
BRA L8990 * AND SAVE IT IN BINVAL
|
||
L898C LDA #$FF = USE $FFXX AS DEFAULT ENDING
|
||
STA BINVAL = LINE NUMBER - SAVE IT IN BINVAL
|
||
L8990 LDU VD3 POINT U TO STARTING LINE NUMBER ADDRESS
|
||
L8992 FCB SKP2 SKIP TWO BYTES
|
||
L8993 LDU ,U POINT U TO START OF NEXT LINE
|
||
LDD ,U CHECK FOR END OF PROGRAM
|
||
BEQ L899F BRANCH IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LDD $02,U LOAD ACCD WITH THIS LINE’S NUMBER
|
||
SUBD BINVAL SUBTRACT ENDING LINE NUMBER ADDRESS
|
||
BLS L8993 BRANCH IF = < ENDING LINE NUMBER
|
||
L899F LDX VD3 GET STARTING LINE NUMBER
|
||
BSR L89B8 MOVE (U) TO (X) UNTIL END OF PROGRAM
|
||
JSR LAD21 RESET BASIC’S INPUT POINTER AND ERASE VARIABLES
|
||
LDX VD3 GET STARTING LINE NUMBER ADDRESS
|
||
JSR LACF1 RECOMPUTE START OF NEXT LINE ADDRESSES
|
||
JMP LAC73 JUMP TO BASIC’S MAIN COMMAND LOOP
|
||
L89AE JSR LAF67 GO GET LINE NUMBER CONVERTED TO BINARY
|
||
JMP LA5C7 MAKE SURE THERE’S NO MORE ON THIS LINE
|
||
L89B4 LDA ,U+ GET A BYTE FROM (U)
|
||
STA ,X+ MOVE THE BYTE TO (X)
|
||
L89B8 CMPU VARTAB COMPARE TO END OF BASIC
|
||
BNE L89B4 BRANCH IF NOT AT END
|
||
STX VARTAB SAVE (X) AS NEW END OF BASIC
|
||
L89BF RTS
|
||
|
||
|
||
L89C0 JSR L8866 ‘BS’ ERROR IF IN DIRECT MODE
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHAR FROM BASIC
|
||
L89D2 CMPA #'"' CHECK FOR PROMPT STRING
|
||
BNE L89E1 BRANCH IF NO PROMPT STRING
|
||
JSR LB244 STRIP OFF PROMPT STRING & PUT IT ON STRING STACK
|
||
LDB #';' *
|
||
JSR LB26F * DO A SYNTAX CHECK FOR;
|
||
JSR LB99F REMOVE PROMPT STRING FROM STRING STACK & SEND TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
L89E1 LEAS $-02,S RESERVE TWO STORAGE SLOTS ON STACK
|
||
JSR LB035 INPUT A LINE FROM CURRENT INPUT DEVICE
|
||
LEAS $02,S CLEAN UP THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB357 SEARCH FOR A VARIABLE
|
||
STX VARDES SAVE POINTER TO VARIABLE DESCRIPTOR
|
||
JSR LB146 ‘TM’ ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPE = NUMERIC
|
||
LDX #LINBUF POINT X TO THE STRING BUFFER WHERE THE INPUT STRING WAS STORED
|
||
CLRA TERMINATOR CHARACTER 0 (END OF LINE)
|
||
JSR LB51A PARSE THE INPUT STRING AND STORE IT IN THE STRING SPACE
|
||
JMP LAFA4 REMOVE DESCRIPTOR FROM STRING STACK
|
||
L89FC JSR LAF67 STRIP A DECIMAL NUMBER FROM BASIC INPUT LINE
|
||
LDX BINVAL GET BINARY VALUE
|
||
RTS
|
||
L8A02 LDX VD1 GET CURRENT OLD NUMBER BEING RENUMBERED
|
||
L8A04 STX BINVAL SAVE THE LINE NUMBER BEING SEARCHED FOR
|
||
JMP LAD01 GO FIND THE LINE NUMBER IN BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
|
||
* RENUM
|
||
RENUM JSR LAD26 ERASE VARIABLES
|
||
LDD #10 DEFAULT LINE NUMBER INTERVAL
|
||
STD VD5 SAVE DEFAULT RENUMBER START LINE NUMBER
|
||
STD VCF SAVE DEFAULT INTERVAL
|
||
CLRB NOW ACCD = 0
|
||
STD VD1 DEFAULT LINE NUMBER OF WHERE TO START RENUMBERING
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BCC L8A20 BRANCH IF NOT NUMERIC
|
||
BSR L89FC CONVERT DECIMAL NUMBER IN BASIC PROGRAM TO BINARY
|
||
STX VD5 SAVE LINE NUMBER WHERE RENUMBERING STARTS
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
L8A20 BEQ L8A3D BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
BCC L8A2D BRANCH IF NEXT CHARACTER NOT NUMERIC
|
||
BSR L89FC CONVERT DECIMAL NUMBER IN BASIC PROGRAM TO BINARY
|
||
STX VD1 SAVE NEW RENUMBER LINE
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
L8A2D BEQ L8A3D BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
BCC L8A3A BRANCH IF NEXT CHARACTER NOT NUMERIC
|
||
BSR L89FC CONVERT DECIMAL NUMBER IN BASIC PROGRAM TO BINARY
|
||
STX VCF SAVE NEW INTERVAL
|
||
BEQ L8A83 ‘FC' ERROR
|
||
L8A3A JSR LA5C7 CHECK FOR MORE CHARACTERS ON LINE - ‘SYNTAX’ ERROR IF ANY
|
||
L8A3D BSR L8A02 GO GET ADDRESS OF OLD NUMBER BEING RENUMBERED
|
||
STX VD3 SAVE ADDRESS
|
||
LDX VD5 GET NEXT RENUMBERED LINE NUMBER TO USE
|
||
BSR L8A04 FIND THE LINE NUMBER IN THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
CMPX VD3 COMPARE TO ADDRESS OF OLD LINE NUMBER
|
||
BLO L8A83 ‘FC’ ERROR IF NEW ADDRESS < OLD ADDRESS
|
||
BSR L8A67 MAKE SURE RENUMBERED LINE NUMBERS WILL BE IN RANGE
|
||
JSR L8ADD CONVERT ASCII LINE NUMBERS TO ‘EXPANDED’ BINARY
|
||
JSR LACEF RECALCULATE NEXT LINE RAM ADDRESSES
|
||
BSR L8A02 GET RAM ADDRESS OF FIRST LINE TO BE RENUMBERED
|
||
STX VD3 SAVE IT
|
||
BSR L8A91 MAKE SURE LINE NUMBERS EXIST
|
||
BSR L8A68 INSERT NEW LINE NUMBERS IN LINE HEADERS
|
||
BSR L8A91 INSERT NEW LINE NUMBERS IN PROGRAM STATEMENTS
|
||
JSR L8B7B CONVERT PACKED BINARY LINE NUMBERS TO ASCII
|
||
JSR LAD26 ERASE VARIABLES
|
||
JSR LACEF RECALCULATE NEXT LINE RAM ADDRESS
|
||
JMP LAC73 GO BACK TO BASIC’S MAIN LOOP
|
||
L8A67 FCB SKP1LD SKIP ONE BYTE - LDA #$4F
|
||
L8A68 CLRA NEW LINE NUMBER FLAG - 0; INSERT NEW LINE NUMBERS
|
||
STA VD8 SAVE NEW LINE NUMBER FLAG; 0 = INSERT NEW NUMBERS
|
||
LDX VD3 GET ADDRESS OF OLD LINE NUMBER BEING RENUMBERED
|
||
LDD VD5 GET THE CURRENT RENUMBERED LINE NUMBER
|
||
BSR L8A86 RETURN IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
L8A71 TST VD8 CHECK NEW LINE NUMBER FLAG
|
||
BNE L8A77 BRANCH IF NOT INSERTING NEW LINE NUMBERS
|
||
STD $02,X STORE THE NEW LINE NUMBER IN THE BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
L8A77 LDX ,X POINT X TO THE NEXT LINE IN BASIC
|
||
BSR L8A86 RETURN IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
ADDD VCF ADD INTERVAL TO CURRENT RENUMBERED LINE NUMBER
|
||
BLO L8A83 ‘FC’ ERROR IF LINE NUMBER > $FFFF
|
||
CMPA #MAXLIN LARGEST LINE NUMBER = $F9FF
|
||
BLO L8A71 BRANCH IF LEGAL LINE NUMBER
|
||
L8A83 JMP LB44A ‘FC’ ERROR IF LINE NUMBER MS BYTE > $F9
|
||
* TEST THE TWO BYTES POINTED TO BY (X).
|
||
* NORMAL RETURN IF <> 0. IF = 0 (END OF
|
||
* PROGRAM) RETURN IS PULLED OFF STACK AND
|
||
* YOU RETURN TO PREVIOUS SUBROUTINE CALL.
|
||
L8A86 PSHS B,A SAVE ACCD
|
||
LDD ,X TEST THE 2 BYTES POINTED TO BY X
|
||
PULS A,B RESTORE ACCD
|
||
BNE L8A90 BRANCH IF NOT END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LEAS $02,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS FROM STACK
|
||
L8A90 RTS
|
||
L8A91 LDX TXTTAB GET START OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LEAX $-01,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
L8A95 LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
BSR L8A86 RETURN IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
L8A99 LEAX $03,X SKIP OVER NEXT LINE ADDRESS AND LINE NUMBER
|
||
L8A9B LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER TO NEXT CHARACTER
|
||
LDA ,X CHECK CURRENT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8A95 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
STX TEMPTR SAVE CURRENT POINTER
|
||
DECA =
|
||
BEQ L8AB2 =BRANCH IF START OF PACKED NUMERIC LINE
|
||
DECA *
|
||
BEQ L8AD3 *BRANCH IF LINE NUMBER EXISTS
|
||
DECA =
|
||
BNE L8A9B =MOVE TO NEXT CHARACTER IF > 3
|
||
L8AAC LDA #$03 * SET 1ST BYTE = 3 TO INDICATE LINE
|
||
STA ,X+ * NUMBER DOESN’T CURRENTLY EXIST
|
||
BRA L8A99 GO GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
L8AB2 LDD $01,X GET MS BYTE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
DEC $02,X DECREMENT ZERO CHECK BYTE
|
||
BEQ L8AB9 BRANCH IF MS BYTE <> 0
|
||
CLRA CLEAR MS BYTE
|
||
L8AB9 LDB $03,X GET LS BYTE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
DEC $04,X DECREMENT ZERO CHECK FLAG
|
||
BEQ L8AC0 BRANCH IF IS BYTE <> 0
|
||
CLRB CLEAR LS BYTE
|
||
L8AC0 STD $01,X SAVE BINARY LINE NUMBER
|
||
STD BINVAL SAVE TRIAL LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LAD01 FIND RAM ADDRESS OF A BASIC LINE NUMBER
|
||
L8AC7 LDX TEMPTR GET BACK POINTER TO START OF PACKED LINE NUMBER
|
||
BLO L8AAC BRANCH IF NO LINE NUMBER MATCH FOUND
|
||
LDD V47 GET START ADDRESS OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
INC ,X+ * SET 1ST BYTE = 2, TO INDICATE LINE NUMBER EXISTS IF CHECKING FOR
|
||
* * EXISTENCE OF LINE NUMBER, SET IT = 1 IF INSERTING LINE NUMBERS
|
||
|
||
STD ,X SAVE RAM ADDRESS OF CORRECT LINE NUMBER
|
||
BRA L8A99 GO GET ANOTHER CHARACTER
|
||
L8AD3 CLR ,X CLEAR CARRY FLAG AND 1ST BYTE
|
||
LDX $01,X POINT X TO RAM ADDRESS OF CORRECT LINE NUMBER
|
||
LDX $02,X PUT CORRECT LINE NUMBER INTO (X)
|
||
STX V47 SAVE IT TEMPORARILY
|
||
BRA L8AC7 GO INSERT IT INTO BASIC LINE
|
||
L8ADD LDX TXTTAB GET BEGINNING OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
BRA L8AE5
|
||
L8AE1 LDX CHARAD *GET CURRENT INPUT POINTER
|
||
LEAX $01,X *AND BUMP IT ONE
|
||
L8AE5 BSR L8A86 RETURN IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LEAX $02,X SKIP PAST NEXT LINE ADDRESS
|
||
L8AE9 LEAX $01,X ADVANCE POINTER BY ONE
|
||
L8AEB STX CHARAD SAVE NEW BASIC INPUT POINTER
|
||
L8AED JSR GETNCH GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
L8AEF TSTA CHECK THE CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8AE1 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
BPL L8AED BRANCH IF NOT A TOKEN
|
||
LDX CHARAD GET CURRENT INPUT POINTER
|
||
CMPA #$FF IS THIS A SECONDARY TOKEN?
|
||
BEQ L8AE9 YES - IGNORE IT
|
||
CMPA #TOK_THEN TOKEN FOR THEN?
|
||
BEQ L8B13 YES
|
||
CMPA #TOK_ELSE TOKEN FOR ELSE?
|
||
BEQ L8B13 YES
|
||
CMPA #TOK_GO TOKEN FOR GO?
|
||
BNE L8AED NO
|
||
JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
CMPA #TOK_TO TOKEN FOR TO?
|
||
BEQ L8B13 YES
|
||
CMPA #TOK_SUB TOKEN FOR SUB?
|
||
BNE L8AEB NO
|
||
L8B13 JSR GETNCH GET A CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BLO L8B1B BRANCH IF NUMERIC
|
||
L8B17 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT BASIC INPUT CHARRACTER
|
||
BRA L8AEF KEEP CHECKING THE LINE
|
||
L8B1B LDX CHARAD GET CURRENT INPUT ADDRESS
|
||
PSHS X SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
JSR LAF67 CONVERT DECIMAL BASIC NUMBER TO BINARY
|
||
LDX CHARAD GET CURRENT INPUT POINTER
|
||
L8B24 LDA ,-X GET PREVIOUS INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
JSR L90AA CLEAR CARRY IF NUMERIC INPUT VALUE
|
||
BLO L8B24 BRANCH IF NON-NUMERIC
|
||
LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
TFR X,D NOW ACCD POINTS TO ONE PAST END OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
SUBB $01,S SUBTRACT PRE-NUMERIC POINTER LS BYTE
|
||
SUBB #$05 MAKE SURE THERE ARE AT LEAST 5 CHARACTERS IN THE NUMERIC LINE
|
||
*
|
||
BEQ L8B55 BRANCH IF EXACTLY 5
|
||
BLO L8B41 BRANCH IF < 5
|
||
LEAU ,X TRANSFER X TO U
|
||
NEGB NEGATE B
|
||
LEAX B,X MOVE X BACK B BYTES
|
||
JSR L89B8 *MOVE BYTES FROM (U) TO (X) UNTIL
|
||
* *U = END OF BASIC; (I) = NEW END OF BASIC
|
||
BRA L8B55
|
||
* FORCE FIVE BYTES OF SPACE FOR THE LINE NUMBER
|
||
L8B41 STX V47 SAVE END OF NUMERIC VALUE
|
||
LDX VARTAB GET END OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
STX V43 SAVE IT
|
||
NEGB NEGATE B
|
||
LEAX B,X ADD IT TO END OF NUMERIC POiNTER
|
||
STX V41 SAVE POINTER
|
||
STX VARTAB STORE END OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
JSR LAC1E ACCD = TOP OF ARRAYS - CHECK FOR ENOUGH ROOM
|
||
LDX V45 * GET AND SAVE THE
|
||
STX CHARAD * NEW CURRENT INPUT POINTER
|
||
L8B55 PULS X RESTORE POINTER TO START OF NUMERIC VALUE
|
||
LDA #$01 NEW LINE NUMBER FLAG
|
||
STA ,X * SAVE NEW LINE FLAG
|
||
STA $02,X *
|
||
STA $04,X *
|
||
LDB BINVAL GET MS BYTE OF BINARY LINE NUMBER
|
||
BNE L8B67 BRANCH IF IT IS NOT ZERO
|
||
LDB #$01 SAVE A 1 IF BYTE IS 0; OTHERWISE, BASIC WILL
|
||
* THINK IT IS THE END OF A LINE
|
||
INC $02,X IF 2,X = 2, THEN PREVIOUS BYTE WAS A ZERO
|
||
L8B67 STB $01,X SAVE MS BYTE OF BINARY LINE NUMBER
|
||
LDB BINVAL+1 GET IS BYTE OF BINARY LINE NUMBER
|
||
BNE L8B71 BRANCH IF NOT A ZERO BYTE
|
||
LDB #$01 SAVE A 1 IF BYTE IS A 0
|
||
INC $04,X IF 4,X = 2, THEN PREVIOUS BYTE WAS A 0
|
||
L8B71 STB $03,X SAVE LS BYTE OF BINARY LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #',' IS IT A COMMA?
|
||
BEQ L8B13 YES - PROCESS ANOTHER NUMERIC VALUE
|
||
BRA L8B17 NO - GO GET AND PROCESS AN INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
L8B7B LDX TXTTAB POINT X TO START OF BASIC PROGRAM
|
||
LEAX $-01,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
L8B7F LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
LDD $02,X GET ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE
|
||
STD CURLIN SAVE IT IN CURLIN
|
||
JSR L8A86 RETURN IF END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LEAX $03,X SKIP OVER ADDRESS OF NEXT LINE AND 1ST BYTE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
L8B8A LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER UP ONE
|
||
L8B8C LDA ,X GET CURRENT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8B7F BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
DECA INPUT CHARACTER = 1? - VALID LINE NUMBER
|
||
BEQ L8BAE YES
|
||
SUBA #$02 INPUT CHARACTER 3? - UL LINE NUMBER
|
||
BNE L8B8A NO
|
||
PSHS X SAVE CURRENT POSITION OF INPUT POINTER
|
||
LDX #L8BD9-1 POINT X TO ‘UL’ MESSAGE
|
||
JSR LB99C PRINT STRING TO THE SCREEN
|
||
LDX ,S GET INPUT POINTER
|
||
LDD $01,X GET THE UNDEFINED LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LBDCC CONVERT NUMBER IN ACCD TO DECIMAL AND DISPLAY IT
|
||
JSR LBDC5 PRINT ‘IN XXXX’ XXXX = CURRENT LINE NUMBER
|
||
JSR LB958 SEND A CR TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
PULS X GET INPUT POINTER BACK
|
||
L8BAE PSHS X SAVE CURRENT POSITION OF INPUT POINTER
|
||
LDD $01,X LOAD ACCD WITH BINARY VALUE OF LINE NUMBER
|
||
STD FPA0+2 SAVE IN BOTTOM 2 BYTES OF FPA0
|
||
JSR L880E ADJUST REST OF FPA0 AS AN INTEGER
|
||
JSR LBDD9 CONVERT FPA0 TO ASCII, STORE IN LINE NUMBER
|
||
PULS U LOAD U WITH PREVIOUS ADDRESS OF INPUT POINTER
|
||
LDB #$05 EACH EXPANDED LINE NUMBER USES 5 BYTES
|
||
L8BBE LEAX $01,X MOVE POINTER FORWARD ONE
|
||
LDA ,X GET AN ASCII BYTE
|
||
BEQ L8BC9 BRANCH IF END OF NUMBER
|
||
DECB DECREMENT BYTE COUNTER
|
||
STA ,U+ STORE ASCII NUMBER IN BASIC LINE
|
||
BRA L8BBE CHECK FOR ANOTHER DIGIT
|
||
L8BC9 LEAX ,U TRANSFER NEW LINE POINTER TO (X)
|
||
TSTB DOES THE NEW LINE NUMBER REQUIRE 5 BYTES?
|
||
BEQ L8B8C YES - GO GET ANOTHER INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LEAY ,U SAVE NEW LINE POINTER IN Y
|
||
LEAU B,U POINT U TO END OF 5 BYTE PACKED LINE NUMBER BLOCK
|
||
JSR L89B8 MOVE BYTES FROM (U) TO (X) UNTIL END OF PROGRAM
|
||
LEAX ,Y LOAD (X) WITH NEW LINE POINTER
|
||
BRA L8B8C GO GET ANOTHER INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
|
||
L8BD9 FCC "UL " UNKNOWN LINE NUMBER MESSAGE
|
||
FCB 0
|
||
|
||
|
||
HEXDOL JSR LB740 CONVERT FPA0 INTO A POSITIVE 2 BYTE INTEGER
|
||
LDX #STRBUF+2 POINT TO TEMPORARY BUFFER
|
||
LDB #$04 CONVERT 4 NIBBLES
|
||
L8BE5 PSHS B SAVE NIBBLE COUNTER
|
||
CLRB CLEAR CARRY FLAG
|
||
LDA #$04 4 SHIFTS
|
||
L8BEA ASL FPA0+3 * SHIFT BOTTOM TWO BYTES OF
|
||
ROL FPA0+2 * FPA0 LEFT ONE BIT (X2)
|
||
ROLB IF OVERFLOW, ACCB <> 0
|
||
DECA * DECREMENT SHIFT COUNTER AND
|
||
BNE L8BEA * BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
TSTB CHECK FOR OVERFLOW
|
||
BNE L8BFF BRANCH IF OVERFLOW
|
||
LDA ,S * GET NIBBLE COUNTER,
|
||
DECA * DECREMENT IT AND
|
||
BEQ L8BFF * BRANCH IF DONE
|
||
CMPX #STRBUF+2 DO NOT DO A CONVERSION UNTIL A NON-ZERO
|
||
BEQ L8C0B BYTE IS FOUND - LEADING ZERO SUPPRESSION
|
||
L8BFF ADDB #'0' ADD IN ASCII ZERO
|
||
CMPB #'9' COMPARE TO ASCII 9
|
||
BLS L8C07 BRANCH IF < 9
|
||
ADDB #7 ADD ASCII OFFSET IF HEX LETTER
|
||
L8C07 STB ,X+ STORE HEX VALUE AND ADVANCE POINTER
|
||
CLR ,X CLEAR NEXT BYTE - END OF STRING FLAG
|
||
L8C0B PULS B * GET NIBBLE COUNTER,
|
||
DECB * DECREMENT IT AND
|
||
BNE L8BE5 * BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
LEAS $02,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS OFF OF STACK
|
||
LDX #STRBUF+1 RESET POINTER
|
||
JMP LB518 SAVE STRING ON STRING STACK
|
||
* PROCESS EXCLAMATION POINT
|
||
L8E37 LDA #$01 * SET SPACES
|
||
STA VD9 * COUNTER = 1
|
||
* PROCESS STRING ITEM - LIST
|
||
L8E3B DECB DECREMENT FORMAT STRING LENGTH COUNTER
|
||
JSR L8FD8 SEND A '+' TO CONSOLE OUT IF VDA <>0
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
LBEQ L8ED8 EXIT PRINT USING IF END OF LINE
|
||
STB VD3 SAVE REMAINDER FORMAT STRING LENGTH
|
||
JSR LB156 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
JSR LB146 ‘TM’ ERROR IF NUMERIC VARIABLE
|
||
LDX FPA0+2 * GET ITEM - LIST DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
STX V4D * AND SAVE IT IN V4D
|
||
LDB VD9 GET SPACES COUNTER
|
||
JSR LB6AD PUT ACCB BYTES INTO STRING SPACE & PUT DESCRIPTOR ON STRING STACK
|
||
JSR LB99F PRINT THE FORMATTED STRING TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
* PAD FORMAT STRING WITH SPACES IF ITEM - LIST STRING < FORMAT STRING LENGTH
|
||
LDX FPA0+2 POINT X TO FORMATTED STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LDB VD9 GET SPACES COUNTER
|
||
SUBB ,X SUBTRACT LENGTH OF FORMATTED STRING
|
||
L8E5F DECB DECREMENT DIFFERENCE
|
||
LBMI L8FB3 GO INTERPRET ANOTHER ITEM - LIST
|
||
JSR LB9AC PAD FORMAT STRING WITH A SPACE
|
||
BRA L8E5F KEEP PADDING
|
||
* PERCENT SIGN - PROCESS A %SPACES% COMMAND
|
||
L8E69 STB VD3 * SAVE THE CURRENT FORMAT STRING
|
||
STX TEMPTR * COUNTER AND POINTER
|
||
LDA #$02 INITIAL SPACES COUNTER = 2
|
||
STA VD9 SAVE IN SPACES COUNTER
|
||
L8E71 LDA ,X GET A CHARACTER FROM FORMAT STRING
|
||
CMPA #'%' COMPARE TO TERMINATOR CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8E3B BRANCH IF END OF SPACES COMMAND
|
||
CMPA #' ' BLANK
|
||
BNE L8E82 BRANCH IF ILLEGAL CHARACTER
|
||
INC VD9 ADD ONE TO SPACES COUNTER
|
||
LEAX $01,X MOVE FORMAT POINTER UP ONE
|
||
DECB DECREMENT LENGTH COUNTER
|
||
BNE L8E71 BRANCH IF NOT END OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8E82 LDX TEMPTR * RESTORE CURRENT FORMAT STRING COUNTER
|
||
LDB VD3 * AND POINTER TO POSITION BEFORE SPACES COMMAND
|
||
LDA #'%' SEND A ‘%’ TO CONSOLE OUT AS A DEBUGGING AID
|
||
* ERROR PROCESSOR - ILLEGAL CHARACTER OR BAD SYNTAX IN FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8E88 JSR L8FD8 SEND A ‘+' TO CONSOLE OUT IF VDA <> 0
|
||
JSR PUTCHR SEND CHARACTER TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
BRA L8EB9 GET NEXT CHARACTER IN FORMAT STRING
|
||
|
||
* PRINT RAM HOOK
|
||
XVEC9 CMPA #TOK_USING USING TOKEN
|
||
BEQ L8E95 BRANCH IF PRINT USING
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
* PRINT USING
|
||
* VDA IS USED AS A STATUS BYTE: BIT 6 = COMMA FORCE
|
||
* BIT 5=LEADING ASTERISK FORCE; BIT 4 = FLOATING $ FORCE
|
||
* BIT 3 = PRE SIGN FORCE; BIT 2 = POST SIGN FORCE; BIT 0 = EXPONENTIAL FORCE
|
||
L8E95 LEAS $02,S PURGE RETURN ADDRESS OFF THE STACK
|
||
JSR LB158 EVALUATE FORMAT STRING
|
||
JSR LB146 ‘TM’ ERROR IF VARIABLE TYPE = NUMERIC
|
||
LDB #';' CHECK FOR ITEM LIST SEPARATOR
|
||
JSR LB26F SYNTAX CHECK FOR ;
|
||
LDX FPA0+2 * GET FORMAT STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
STX VD5 * AND SAVE IT IN VD5
|
||
BRA L8EAE GO PROCESS FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8EA8 LDA VD7 *CHECK NEXT PRINT ITEM FLAG AND
|
||
BEQ L8EB4 *‘FC’ ERROR IF NO FURTHER PRINT ITEMS
|
||
LDX VD5 RESET FORMAT STRING POINTER TO START OF STRING
|
||
L8EAE CLR VD7 RESET NEXT PRINT ITEM FLAG
|
||
LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
BNE L8EB7 INTERPRET FORMAT STRING IF LENGTH > 0
|
||
L8EB4 JMP LB44A ‘FC’ ERROR IF FORMAT STRING = NULL
|
||
L8EB7 LDX $02,X POINT X TO START OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
* INTERPRET THE FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8EB9 CLR VDA CLEAR THE STATUS BYTE
|
||
L8EBB CLR VD9 CLEAR LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET A CHARACTER FROM FORMAT STRING
|
||
CMPA #'!' EXCLAMATION POINT?
|
||
LBEQ L8E37 YES - STRING TYPE FORMAT
|
||
CMPA #'#' NUMBER SIGN? (DIGIT LOCATOR)
|
||
BEQ L8F24 YES - NUMERIC TYPE FORMAT
|
||
DECB DECREMENT FORMAT STRING LENGTH
|
||
BNE L8EE2 BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
JSR L8FD8 SEND A ‘+‘ TO CONSOLE OUT IF VDA <> 0
|
||
JSR PUTCHR SEND CHARACTER TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
L8ED2 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT CHARACTER FROM BASIC
|
||
BNE L8EA8 BRANCH IF NOT END OF LINE
|
||
LDA VD7 GET NEXT PRINT ITEM FLAG
|
||
L8ED8 BNE L8EDD BRANCH IF MORE PRINT ITEMS
|
||
JSR LB958 SEND A CARRIAGE RETURN TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
L8EDD LDX VD5 POINT X TO FORMAT STRING DESCRIPTOR
|
||
JMP LB659 RETURN ADDRESS AND LENGTH OF FORMAT STRING - EXIT PRINT USING
|
||
L8EE2 CMPA #'+' CHECK FOR ‘+‘ (PRE-SIGN FORCE)
|
||
BNE L8EEF NO PLUS
|
||
JSR L8FD8 SEND A ‘+' TO CONSOLE OUT IF VDA <> 0
|
||
LDA #$08 * LOAD THE STATUS BYTE WITH 8;
|
||
STA VDA * PRE-SIGN FORCE FLAG
|
||
BRA L8EBB INTERPRET THE REST OF THE FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8EEF CMPA #'.' DECIMAL POINT?
|
||
BEQ L8F41 YES
|
||
CMPA #'%' PERCENT SIGN?
|
||
LBEQ L8E69 YES
|
||
CMPA ,X COMPARE THE PRESENT FORMAT STRING INPUT
|
||
* CHARACTER TO THE NEXT ONE IN THE STRING
|
||
L8EFB BNE L8E88 NO MATCH - ILLEGAL CHARACTER
|
||
* TWO CONSECUTIVE EQUAL CHARACTERS IN FORMAT STRING
|
||
CMPA #'$' DOLLAR SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L8F1A YES - MAKE THE DOLLAR SIGN FLOAT
|
||
CMPA #'*' ASTERISK?
|
||
BNE L8EFB NO - ILLEGAL CHARACTER
|
||
LDA VDA * GRAB THE STATUS BYTE AND BET BIT 5
|
||
ORA #$20 * TO INDICATE THAT THE OUTPUT WILL
|
||
STA VDA * BE LEFT PADDED WITH ASTERISKS
|
||
CMPB #2 * CHECK TO SEE IF THE $$ ARE THE LAST TWO
|
||
BLO L8F20 * CHARACTERS IN THE FORMAT STRING AND BRANCH IF SO
|
||
LDA $01,X GET THE NEXT CHARACTER AFTER **
|
||
CMPA #'$' CHECK FOR **$
|
||
BNE L8F20 CHECK FOR MORE CHARACTERS
|
||
DECB DECREMENT STRING LENGTH COUNTER
|
||
LEAX $01,X MOVE FORMAT STRING POINTER UP ONE
|
||
INC VD9 ADD ONE TO LEFT DIGIT COUNTER - FOR ASTERISK PAD AND
|
||
* FLOATING DOLLAR SIGN COMBINATION
|
||
L8F1A LDA VDA * GET THE STATUS BYTE AND SET
|
||
ORA #$10 * BIT 4 TO INDICATE A
|
||
STA VDA * FLOATING DOLLAR SIGN
|
||
L8F20 LEAX $01,X MOVE FORMAT STRING POINTER UP ONE
|
||
INC VD9 ADD ONE TO LEFT DIGIT (FLOATING $ OR ASTERISK PAD)
|
||
* PROCESS CHARACTERS TO THE LEFT OF THE DECIMAL POINT IN THE FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8F24 CLR VD8 CLEAR THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
L8F26 INC VD9 ADD ONE TO LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
DECB DECREMENT FORMAT STRING LENGTH COUNTER
|
||
BEQ L8F74 BRANCH IF END OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET THE NEXT FORMAT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #'.' DECIMAL POINT?
|
||
BEQ L8F4F YES
|
||
CMPA #'#' NUMBER SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L8F26 YES
|
||
CMPA #',' COMMA?
|
||
BNE L8F5A NO
|
||
LDA VDA * GET THE STATUS BYTE
|
||
ORA #$40 * AND SET BIT 6 WHICH IS THE
|
||
STA VDA * COMMA SEPARATOR FLAG
|
||
BRA L8F26 PROCESS MORE CHARACTERS TO LEFT OF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
* PROCESS DECIMAL POINT IF NO DIGITS TO LEFT OF IT
|
||
L8F41 LDA ,X GET NEXT FORMAT CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #'#' IS IT A NUMBER SIGN?
|
||
LBNE L8E88 NO
|
||
LDA #1 * SET THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER TO 1 -
|
||
STA VD8 * ALLOW ONE SPOT FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LEAX $01,X MOVE FORMAT POINTER UP ONE
|
||
* PROCESS DIGITS TO RIGHT OF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L8F4F INC VD8 ADD ONE TO RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
DECB DECREMENT FORMAT LENGTH COUNTER
|
||
BEQ L8F74 BRANCH IF END OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET A CHARACTER FROM FORMAT STRING
|
||
CMPA #'#' IS IT NUMBER SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L8F4F YES - KEEP CHECKING
|
||
* CHECK FOR EXPONENTIAL FORCE
|
||
L8F5A CMPA #$5E CHECK FOR UP ARROW
|
||
BNE L8F74 NO UP ARROW
|
||
CMPA ,X IS THE NEXT CHARACTER AN UP ARROW?
|
||
BNE L8F74 NO
|
||
CMPA $01,X AND THE NEXT CHARACTER?
|
||
BNE L8F74 NO
|
||
CMPA $02,X HOW ABOUT THE 4TH CHARACTER?
|
||
BNE L8F74 NO, ALSO
|
||
CMPB #4 * CHECK TO SEE IF THE 4 UP ARROWS ARE IN THE
|
||
BLO L8F74 * FORMAT STRING AND BRANCH IF NOT
|
||
SUBB #4 * MOVE POINTER UP 4 AND SUBTRACT
|
||
LEAX $04,X * FOUR FROM LENGTH
|
||
INC VDA INCREMENT STATUS BYTE - EXPONENTIAL FORM
|
||
|
||
* CHECK FOR A PRE OR POST - SIGN FORCE AT END OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
L8F74 LEAX $-01,X MOVE POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
INC VD9 ADD ONE TO LEFT DIGIT COUNTER FOR PRE-SIGN FORCE
|
||
LDA VDA * PRE-SIGN
|
||
BITA #$08 * FORCE AND
|
||
BNE L8F96 * BRANCH IF SET
|
||
DEC VD9 DECREMENT LEFT DIGIT — NO PRE-SIGN FORCE
|
||
TSTB * CHECK LENGTH COUNTER AND BRANCH
|
||
BEQ L8F96 * IF END OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
LDA ,X GET NEXT FORMAT STRING CHARACTER
|
||
SUBA #'-' CHECK FOR MINUS SIGN
|
||
BEQ L8F8F BRANCH IF MINUS SIGN
|
||
CMPA #$FE * WAS CMPA #('+')-('-')
|
||
BNE L8F96 BRANCH IF NO PLUS SIGN
|
||
LDA #$08 GET THE PRE-SIGN FORCE FLAG
|
||
L8F8F ORA #$04 ‘OR’ IN POST-SIGN FORCE FLAG
|
||
ORA VDA ‘OR’ IN THE STATUS BYTE
|
||
STA VDA SAVE THE STATUS BYTE
|
||
DECB DECREMENT FORMAT STRING LENGTH
|
||
|
||
* EVALUATE NUMERIC ITEM-LIST
|
||
L8F96 JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT CHARACTER
|
||
LBEQ L8ED8 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
STB VD3 SAVE FORMAT STRING LENGTH WHEN FORMAT EVALUATION ENDED
|
||
JSR LB141 EVALUATE EXPRESSION
|
||
LDA VD9 GET THE LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
ADDA VD8 ADD IT TO THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
CMPA #17 *
|
||
LBHI LB44A *‘FC’ ERROR IF MORE THAN 16 DIGITS AND DECIMAL POiNT
|
||
JSR L8FE5 CONVERT ITEM-LIST TO FORMATTED ASCII STRING
|
||
LEAX $-01,X MOVE BUFFER POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
JSR LB99C DISPLAY THE FORMATTED STRING TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
L8FB3 CLR VD7 RESET NEXT PRINT ITEM FLAG
|
||
JSR GETCCH GET CURRENT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
BEQ L8FC6 BRANCH IF END OF LINE
|
||
STA VD7 SAVE CURRENT CHARACTER (<>0) IN NEXT PRINT ITEM FLAG
|
||
CMPA #';' * CHECK FOR ; - ITEM-LIST SEPARATOR AND
|
||
BEQ L8FC4 * BRANCH IF SEMICOLON
|
||
JSR LB26D SYNTAX CHECK FOR COMMA
|
||
BRA L8FC6 PROCESS NEXT PRINT ITEM
|
||
L8FC4 JSR GETNCH GET NEXT INPUT CHARACTER
|
||
L8FC6 LDX VD5 GET FORMAT STRING DESCRIPTOR ADDRESS
|
||
LDB ,X GET LENGTH OF FORMAT STRING
|
||
SUBB VD3 SUBTRACT AMOUNT OF FORMAT STRING LEFT AFTER LAST PRINT ITEM
|
||
LDX $02,X *GET FORMAT STRING START ADDRESS AND ADVANCE
|
||
ABX *POINTER TO START OF UNUSED FORMAT STRING
|
||
LDB VD3 * GET AMOUNT OF UNUSED FORMAT STRING
|
||
LBNE L8EB9 * REINTERPRET FORMAT STRING FROM THAT POINT
|
||
JMP L8ED2 REINTERPRET FORMAT STRING FROM THE START IF ENTIRELY
|
||
* USED ON LAST PRINT ITEM
|
||
|
||
* PRINT A ‘+‘ TO CONSOLE OUT IF THE STATUS BYTE <> 0
|
||
L8FD8 PSHS A RESTORE ACCA AND RETURN
|
||
LDA #'+' GET ASCII PLUS SIGN
|
||
TST VDA * CHECK THE STATUS BYTE AND
|
||
BEQ L8FE3 * RETURN IF = 0
|
||
JSR PUTCHR SEND A CHARACTER TO CONSOLE OUT
|
||
L8FE3 PULS A,PC RETURN ACCA AND RETURN
|
||
|
||
* CONVERT ITEM-LIST TO DECIMAL ASCII STRING
|
||
L8FE5 LDU #STRBUF+4 POINT U TO STRING BUFFER
|
||
LDB #SPACE BLANK
|
||
LDA VDA * GET THE STATUS FLAG AND
|
||
BITA #$08 * CHECK FOR A PRE-SIGN FORCE
|
||
BEQ L8FF2 * BRANCH IF NO PRE-SIGN FORCE
|
||
LDB #'+' PLUS SIGN
|
||
L8FF2 TST FP0SGN CHECK THE SIGN OF FPA0
|
||
BPL L8FFA BRANCH IF POSITIVE
|
||
CLR FP0SGN FORCE FPA0 SIGN TO BE POSITIVE
|
||
LDB #'-' MINUS SIGN
|
||
L8FFA STB ,U+ SAVE THE SIGN IN BUFFER
|
||
LDB #'0' * PUT A ZERO INTO THE BUFFER
|
||
STB ,U+ *
|
||
ANDA #$01 * CHECK THE EXPONENTIAL FORCE FLAG IN
|
||
LBNE L910D * THE STATUS BYTE - BRANCH IF ACTIVE
|
||
LDX #LBDC0 POINT X TO FLOATING POINT 1E + 09
|
||
JSR LBCA0 COMPARE FPA0 TO (X)
|
||
BMI L9023 BRANCH IF FPA0 < 1E+09
|
||
JSR LBDD9 CONVERT FP NUMBER TO ASCII STRING
|
||
L9011 LDA ,X+ * ADVANCE POINTER TO END OF
|
||
BNE L9011 * ASCII STRING (ZERO BYTE)
|
||
L9015 LDA ,-X MOVE THE
|
||
STA $01,X ENTIRE STRING
|
||
CMPX #STRBUF+3 UP ONE
|
||
BNE L9015 BYTE
|
||
LDA #'%' * INSERT A % SIGN AT START OF
|
||
STA ,X * STRING - OVERFLOW ERROR
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
L9023 LDA FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
STA V47 AND SAVE IT IN V74
|
||
BEQ L902C BRANCH IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
JSR L91CD CONVERT FPA0 TO NUMBER WITH 9 SIGNIFICANT
|
||
* PLACES TO LEFT OF DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L902C LDA V47 GET BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET
|
||
LBMI L90B3 BRANCH IF FPA0 < 100,000,000
|
||
NEGA * CALCULATE THE NUMBER OF LEADING ZEROES TO INSERT -
|
||
ADDA VD9 * SUBTRACT BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET AND 9 (FPA0 HAS
|
||
SUBA #$09 * 9 PLACES TO LEFT OF EXPONENT) FROM LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
JSR L90EA PUT ACCA ZEROES IN STRING BUFFER
|
||
JSR L9263 INITIALIZE DECIMAL POINT AND COMMA COUNTERS
|
||
JSR L9202 CONVERT FPA0 TO DECIMAL ASCII IN THE STRING BUFFER
|
||
LDA V47 * GET BASE 10 EXPONENT AND PUT THAT MANY
|
||
JSR L9281 * ZEROES IN STRING BUFFER - STOP AT DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LDA V47 WASTED INSTRUCTION - SERVES NO PURPOSE
|
||
JSR L9249 CHECK FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LDA VD8 GET THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
BNE L9050 BRANCH IF RIGHT DIGlT COUNTER <> 0
|
||
LEAU $-01,U * MOVE BUFFER POINTER BACK ONE - DELETE
|
||
* * DECIMAL POINT IF NO RIGHT DIGITS SPECiFIED
|
||
L9050 DECA SUBTRACT ONE (DECIMAL POINT)
|
||
JSR L90EA PUT ACCA ZEROES INTO BUFFER (TRAILING ZEROES)
|
||
L9054 JSR L9185 INSERT ASTERISK PADDING, FLOATING $, AND POST-SIGN
|
||
TSTA WAS THERE A POST-SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L9060 NO
|
||
CMPB #'*' IS THE FIRST CHARACTER AN $?
|
||
BEQ L9060 YES
|
||
STB ,U+ STORE THE POST-SIGN
|
||
L9060 CLR ,U CLEAR THE LAST CHARACTER IN THE BUFFER
|
||
*
|
||
* REMOVE ANY EXTRA BLANKS OR ASTERISKS FROM THE
|
||
* STRING BUFFER TO THE LEFT OF THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LDX #STRBUF+3 POINT X TO THE START OF THE BUFFER
|
||
L9065 LEAX $01,X MOVE BUFFER POINTER UP ONE
|
||
STX TEMPTR SAVE BUFFER POINTER IN TEMPTR
|
||
LDA VARPTR+1 * GET ADDRESS OF DECIMAL POINT IN BUFFER, SUBTRACT
|
||
SUBA TEMPTR+1 * CURRENT POSITION AND SUBTRACT LEFT DIGIT COUNTER -
|
||
SUBA VD9 * THE RESULT WILL BE ZERO WHEN TEMPTR+1 IS POINTING
|
||
* * TO THE FIRST DIGIT OF THE FORMAT STRING
|
||
BEQ L90A9 RETURN IF NO DIGITS TO LEFT OF THE DECiMAL POINT
|
||
LDA ,X GET THE CURRENT BUFFER CHARACTER
|
||
CMPA #SPACE SPACE?
|
||
BEQ L9065 YES - ADVANCE POINTER
|
||
CMPA #'*' ASTERISK?
|
||
BEQ L9065 YES - ADVANCE POINTER
|
||
CLRA A ZERO ON THE STACK IS END OF DATA POINTER
|
||
L907C PSHS A PUSH A CHARACTER ONTO THE STACK
|
||
LDA ,X+ GET NEXT CHARACTER FROM BUFFER
|
||
CMPA #'-' MINUS SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L907C YES
|
||
CMPA #'+' PLUS SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L907C YES
|
||
CMPA $'$' DOLLAR SIGN?
|
||
BEQ L907C YES
|
||
CMPA #'0' ZERO?
|
||
BNE L909E NO - ERROR
|
||
LDA $01,X GET CHARACTER FOLLOWING ZERO
|
||
BSR L90AA CLEAR CARRY IF NUMERIC
|
||
BLO L909E BRANCH IF NOT A NUMERIC CHARACTER - ERROR
|
||
L9096 PULS A * PULL A CHARACTER OFF OF THE STACK
|
||
STA ,-X * AND PUT IT BACK IN THE STRING BUFFER
|
||
BNE L9096 * KEEP GOING UNTIL ZERO FLAG
|
||
BRA L9065 KEEP CLEANING UP THE INPUT BUFFER
|
||
L909E PULS A
|
||
TSTA * THE STACK AND EXIT WHEN
|
||
BNE L909E * ZERO FLAG FOUND
|
||
LDX TEMPTR GET THE STRING BUFFER START POINTER
|
||
LDA #'%' * PUT A % SIGN BEFORE THE ERROR POSITION TO
|
||
STA ,-X * INDICATE AN ERROR
|
||
L90A9 RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* CLEAR CARRY IF NUMERIC
|
||
L90AA CMPA #'0' ASCII ZERO
|
||
BLO L90B2 RETURN IF ACCA < ASCII 0
|
||
SUBA #$3A * #'9'+1
|
||
SUBA #$C6 * #-('9'+1) CARRY CLEAR IF NUMERIC
|
||
L90B2 RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* PROCESS AN ITEM-LIST WHICH IS < 100,000,000
|
||
L90B3 LDA VD8 GET RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
BEQ L90B8 BRANCH IF NO FORMATTED DIGITS TO THE RIGHT OF DECIMAL PT
|
||
DECA SUBTRACT ONE FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L90B8 ADDA V47 *ADD THE BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET - ACCA CONTAINS THE
|
||
* *NUMBER OF SHIFTS REQUIRED TO ADJUST FPA0 TO THE SPECIFIED
|
||
* *NUMBER OF DlGITS TO THE RIGHT OF THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
BMI L90BD IF ACCA >= 0 THEN NO SHIFTS ARE REQUIRED
|
||
CLRA FORCE SHIFT COUNTER = 0
|
||
L90BD PSHS A SAVE INITIAL SHIFT COUNTER ON THE STACK
|
||
L90BF BPL L90CB EXIT ROUTINE IF POSITIVE
|
||
PSHS A SAVE SHIFT COUNTER ON STACK
|
||
JSR LBB82 DIVIDE FPA0 BY 10 - SHIFT ONE DIGIT TO RIGHT
|
||
PULS A GET SHIFT COUNTER FROM THE STACK
|
||
INCA BUMP SHIFT COUNTER UP BY ONE
|
||
BRA L90BF CHECK FOR FURTHER DIVISION
|
||
L90CB LDA V47 * GET BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET, ADD INITIAL SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
SUBA ,S+ * AND SAVE NEW BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET - BECAUSE
|
||
STA V47 * FPA0 WAS SHIFTED ABOVE
|
||
ADDA #$09 * ADD NINE (SIGNIFICANT PLACES) AND BRANCH IF THERE ARE NO
|
||
BMI L90EE * ZEROES TO THE LEFT OF THE DECIMAL POINT IN THIS PRINT ITEM
|
||
LDA VD9 *DETERMINE HOW MANY FILLER ZEROES TO THE LEFT OF THE DECIMAL
|
||
SUBA #$09 *POINT. GET THE NUMBER OF FORMAT PLACES TO LEFT OF DECIMAL
|
||
SUBA V47 *POINT, SUBTRACT THE BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET AND THE CONSTANT 9
|
||
BSR L90EA *(UNNORMALIZATION)-THEN OUTPUT THAT MANY ZEROES TO THE BUFFER
|
||
JSR L9263 INITIALIZE DECIMAL POINT AND COMMA COUNTERS
|
||
BRA L90FF PROCESS THE REMAINDER OF THE PRINT ITEM
|
||
*
|
||
* PUT (ACCA+1) ASCII ZEROES IN BUFFER
|
||
L90E2 PSHS A SAVE ZERO COUNTER
|
||
LDA #'0' * INSERT A ZERO INTO
|
||
STA ,U+ * THE BUFFER
|
||
PULS A RESTORE ZERO COUNTER
|
||
|
||
* PUT ACCA ASCII ZEROES INTO THE BUFFER
|
||
L90EA DECA DECREMENT ZERO COUNTER
|
||
BPL L90E2 BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
RTS
|
||
|
||
L90EE LDA VD9 * GET THE LEFT DIGIT COUNTER AND PUT
|
||
BSR L90EA * THAT MANY ZEROES IN THE STRiNG BUFFER
|
||
JSR L924D PUT THE DECIMAL POINT IN THE STRING BUFFER
|
||
LDA #-9 *DETERMINE HOW MANY FILLER ZEROES BETWEEN THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
SUBA V47 *AND SIGNIFICANT DATA. SUBTRACT BASE 10 EXPONENT FROM -9
|
||
BSR L90EA *(UNNORMALIZATION) AND OUTPUT THAT MANY ZEROES TO BUFFER
|
||
CLR V45 CLEAR THE DECIMAL POINT COUNTER - SUPPRESS THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
CLR VD7 CLEAR THE COMMA COUNTER - SUPPRESS COMMAS
|
||
L90FF JSR L9202 DECODE FPA0 INTO A DECIMAL ASCII STRING
|
||
LDA VD8 GET THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
BNE L9108 BRANCH IF RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER <> 0
|
||
LDU VARPTR RESET BUFFER PTR TO THE DECIMAL POINT IF NO DIGITS TO RIGHT
|
||
L9108 ADDA V47 *ADD BASE 10 EXPONENT - A POSITIVE ACCA WILL CAUSE THAT MANY
|
||
* *FILLER ZEROES TO BE OUTPUT TO THE RIGHT OF LAST SIGNIFICANT DATA
|
||
* *SIGNIFICANT DATA
|
||
LBRA L9050 INSERT LEADING ASTERISKS, FLOATING DOLLAR SIGN, ETC
|
||
*
|
||
* FORCE THE NUMERIC OUTPUT FORMAT TO BE EXPONENTIAL FORMAT
|
||
L910D LDA FP0EXP * GET EXPONENT OF FPA0 AND
|
||
PSHS A * SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
BEQ L9116 BRANCH IF FPA0 = 0
|
||
JSR L91CD *CONVERT FPA0 INTO A NUMBER WITH 9 SIGNIFICANT
|
||
* *DIGITS TO THE LEFT OF THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L9116 LDA VD8 GET THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
BEQ L911B BRANCH IF NO FORMATTED DIGITS TO THE RIGHT
|
||
DECA SUBTRACT ONE FOR THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L911B ADDA VD9 ADD TO THE LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
CLR STRBUF+3 CLEAR BUFFER BYTE AS TEMPORARY STORAGE LOCATION
|
||
LDB VDA * GET THE STATUS BYTE FOR A
|
||
ANDB #$04 * POST-BYTE FORCE; BRANCH IF
|
||
BNE L9129 * A POST-BYTE FORCE
|
||
COM STRBUF+3 TOGGLE BUFFER BYTE TO -1 IF NO POST-BYTE FORCE
|
||
L9129 ADDA STRBUF+3 SUBTRACT 1 IF NO POST BYTE FORCE
|
||
SUBA #$09 *SUBTRACT 9 (DUE TO THE CONVERSION TO 9
|
||
* *SIGNIFICANT DIGITS TO LEFT OF DECIMAL POINT)
|
||
PSHS A * SAVE SHIFT COUNTER ON THE STACK - ACCA CONTAINS THE NUMBER
|
||
* OF SHIFTS REQUIRED TO ADJUST FPA0 FOR THE NUMBER OF
|
||
* FORMATTED PLACES TO THE RIGHT OF THE DECIMAL POINT.
|
||
L9130 BPL L913C NO MORE SHIFTS WHEN ACCA >= 0
|
||
PSHS A SAVE SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
JSR LBB82 DIVIDE FPA0 BY 10 - SHIFT TO RIGHT ONE
|
||
PULS A RESTORE THE SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
INCA ADD 1 TO SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
BRA L9130 CHECK FOR FURTHER SHIFTING (DIVISION)
|
||
L913C LDA ,S *GET THE INITIAL VALUE OF THE SHIFT COUNTER
|
||
BMI L9141 *AND BRANCH IF SHIFTING HAS TAKEN PLACE
|
||
CLRA RESET ACCA IF NO SHIFTING HAS TAKEN PLACE
|
||
L9141 NEGA *CALCULATE THE POSITION OF THE DECIMAL POINT BY
|
||
ADDA VD9 *NEGATING SHIFT COUNTER, ADDING THE LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
INCA *PLUS ONE AND THE POST-BYTE POSlTION, IF USED
|
||
ADDA STRBUF+3 *
|
||
STA V45 SAVE DECIMAL POINT COUNTER
|
||
CLR VD7 CLEAR COMMA COUNTER - NO COMMAS INSERTED
|
||
JSR L9202 CONVERT FPA0 INTO ASCII DECIMAL STRING
|
||
PULS A * GET THE INITIAL VALUE OF SHIFT COUNTER AND
|
||
JSR L9281 * INSERT THAT MANY ZEROES INTO THE BUFFER
|
||
LDA VD8 *GET THE RIGHT DIGIT COUNTER AND BRANCH
|
||
BNE L915A *IF NOT ZERO
|
||
LEAU $-01,U MOVE BUFFER POINTER BACK ONE
|
||
|
||
* CALCULATE VALUE OF EXPONENT AND PUT IN STRING BUFFER
|
||
L915A LDB ,S+ GET ORIGINAL EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
BEQ L9167 BRANCH IF EXPONENT = 0
|
||
LDB V47 GET BASE 10 EXPONENT
|
||
ADDB #$09 ADD 9 FOR 9 SIGNIFICANT DIGIT CONVERSION
|
||
SUBB VD9 SUBTRACT LEFT DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
SUBB STRBUF+3 ADD ONE TO EXPONENT IF POST-SIGN FORCE
|
||
L9167 LDA #'+' PLUS SIGN
|
||
TSTB TEST EXPONENT
|
||
BPL L916F BRANCH IF POSITIVE EXPONENT
|
||
LDA #'-' MINUS SIGN
|
||
NEGB CONVERT EXPONENT TO POSITIVE NUMBER
|
||
L916F STA $01,U PUT SIGN OF EXPONENT IN STRING BUFFER
|
||
LDA #'E' * PUT AN ‘E’ (EXPONENTIATION FLAG) IN
|
||
STA ,U++ * BUFFER AND SKIP OVER THE SIGN
|
||
LDA #$2F * WAS LDA #'0'-1
|
||
*CONVERT BINARY EXPONENT IN ACCB TO ASCII VALUE IN ACCA
|
||
L9177 INCA ADD ONE TO TENS DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
SUBB #10 *SUBTRACT 10 FROM EXPONENT AND ADD ONE TO TENS
|
||
BCC L9177 * DIGIT IF NO CARRY. TENS DIGIT DONE IF THERE IS A CARRY
|
||
ADDB #$3A WAS ADDB #'9'+1
|
||
STD ,U++ SAVE EXPONENT IN BUFFER
|
||
CLR ,U CLEAR FINAL BYTE IN BUFFER - PRINT TERMINATOR
|
||
JMP L9054 INSERT ASTERISK PADDING, FLOATING DOLLAR SIGN, ETC.
|
||
|
||
* INSERT ASTERISK PADDING, FLOATING $ AND PRE-SIGN
|
||
L9185 LDX #STRBUF+4 POINT X TO START OF PRINT ITEM BUFFER
|
||
LDB ,X * GET SIGN BYTE OF ITEM-LIST BUFFER
|
||
PSHS B * AND SAVE IT ON THE STACK
|
||
LDA #SPACE DEFAULT PAD WITH BLANKS
|
||
LDB VDA * GET STATUS BYTE AND CHECK FOR
|
||
BITB #$20 * ASTERISK LEFT PADDING
|
||
PULS B GET SIGN BYTE AGAIN
|
||
BEQ L919E BRANCH IF NO PADDING
|
||
LDA #'*' PAD WITH ASTERISK
|
||
CMPB #SPACE WAS THE FIRST BYTE A BLANK (POSITIVE)?
|
||
BNE L919E NO
|
||
TFR A,B TRANSFER PAD CHARACTER TO ACCB
|
||
L919E PSHS B SAVE FIRST CHARACTER ON STACK
|
||
L91A0 STA ,X+ STORE PAD CHARACTER IN BUFFER
|
||
LDB ,X GET NEXT CHARACTER IN BUFFER
|
||
BEQ L91B6 INSERT A ZERO IF END OF BUFFER
|
||
CMPB #'E' * CHECK FOR AN ‘E’ AND
|
||
BEQ L91B6 * PUT A ZERO BEFORE IT
|
||
CMPB #'0' * REPLACE LEADING ZEROES WITH
|
||
BEQ L91A0 * PAD CHARACTERS
|
||
CMPB #',' * REPLACE LEADING COMMAS
|
||
BEQ L91A0 * WITH PAD CHARACTERS
|
||
CMPB #'.' * CHECK FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
BNE L91BA * AND DON’T PUT A ZERO BEFORE IT
|
||
L91B6 LDA #'0' * REPLACE PREVIOUS CHARACTER
|
||
STA ,-X * WITH A ZERO
|
||
L91BA LDA VDA * GET STATUS BYTE, CHECK
|
||
BITA #$10 * FOR FLOATING $
|
||
BEQ L91C4 * BRANCH IF NO FLOATING $
|
||
LDB #'$' * STORE A $ IN
|
||
STB ,-X * BUFFER
|
||
L91C4 ANDA #$04 CHECK PRE-SIGN FLAG
|
||
PULS B GET SIGN CHARACTER
|
||
BNE L91CC RETURN IF POST-SIGN REQUIRED
|
||
STB ,-X STORE FIRST CHARACTER
|
||
L91CC RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* CONVERT FPA0 INTO A NUMBER OF THE FORM - NNN,NNN,NNN X 10**M.
|
||
* THE EXPONENT M WILL BE RETURNED IN V47 (BASE 10 EXPONENT).
|
||
L91CD PSHS U SAVE BUFFER POINTER
|
||
CLRA INITIAL EXPONENT OFFSET = 0
|
||
L91D0 STA V47 SAVE EXPONENT OFFSET
|
||
LDB FP0EXP GET EXPONENT OF FPA0
|
||
CMPB #$80 * COMPARE TO EXPONENT OF .5
|
||
BHI L91E9 * AND BRANCH IF FPA0 > = 1.0
|
||
|
||
* IF FPA0 < 1.0, MULTIPLY IT BY 1E+09 UNTIL IT IS >= 1
|
||
LDX #LBDC0 POINT X TO FP NUMBER (1E+09)
|
||
JSR LBACA MULTIPLY FPA0 BY 1E+09
|
||
LDA V47 GET EXPONENT OFFSET
|
||
SUBA #$09 SUBTRACT 9 (BECAUSE WE MULTIPLIED BY 1E+09 ABOVE)
|
||
BRA L91D0 CHECK TO SEE IF > 1.0
|
||
L91E4 JSR LBB82 DIVIDE FPA0 BY 10
|
||
INC V47 INCREMENT EXPONENT OFFSET
|
||
L91E9 LDX #LBDBB POINT X TO FP NUMBER (999,999,999)
|
||
JSR LBCA0 COMPARE FPA0 TO X
|
||
BGT L91E4 BRANCH IF FPA0 > 999,999,999
|
||
L91F1 LDX #LBDB6 POINT X TO FP NUMBER (99,999,999.9)
|
||
JSR LBCA0 COMPARE FPA0 TO X
|
||
BGT L9200 RETURN IF 999,999,999 > FPA0 > 99,999,999.9
|
||
JSR LBB6A MULTIPLY FPA0 BY 10
|
||
DEC V47 DECREMENT EXPONENT OFFSET
|
||
BRA L91F1 KEEP UNNORMALIZING
|
||
L9200 PULS U,PC RESTORE BUFFER POINTER AND RETURN
|
||
*
|
||
* CONVERT FPA0 INTO AN INTEGER, THEN DECODE IT
|
||
* INTO A DECIMAL ASCII STRING IN THE BUFFER
|
||
L9202 PSHS U SAVE BUFFER POINTER
|
||
JSR LB9B4 ADD .5 TO FPA0 (ROUND OFF)
|
||
JSR LBCC8 CONVERT FPA0 TO INTEGER FORMAT
|
||
PULS U RESTORE BUFFER POINTER
|
||
*
|
||
* CONVERT FPA0 INTO A DECIMAL ASCII STRING
|
||
LDX #LBEC5 POINT X TO UNNORMALIZED POWERS OF 10
|
||
LDB #$80 INITIALIZE DIGIT COUNTER TO 0 + $80.
|
||
* BIT 7 SET IS USED TO INDICATE THAT THE POWER OF 10 MANTISSA
|
||
* IS NEGATIVE. WHEN YOU ‘ADD’ A NEGATIVE MANTISSA, IT IS
|
||
* THE SAME AS SUBTRACTING A POSITIVE ONE AND BIT 7 OF ACCB
|
||
* IS HOW THIS ROUTINE KNOWS THAT A ‘SUBTRACTION’ IS OCCURRING.
|
||
L9211 BSR L9249 CHECK FOR COMMA INSERTION
|
||
L9213 LDA FPA0+3 * ‘ADD’ A POWER OF 10 MANTISSA TO FPA0.
|
||
ADDA $03,X * IF THE MANTISSA IS NEGATIVE, A SUBTRACTION
|
||
STA FPA0+3 * WILL BE WHAT REALLY TAKES PLACE.
|
||
LDA FPA0+2 *
|
||
ADCA $02,X *
|
||
STA FPA0+2 *
|
||
LDA FPA0+1 *
|
||
ADCA $01,X *
|
||
STA FPA0+1 *
|
||
LDA FPA0 *
|
||
ADCA ,X *
|
||
STA FPA0 *
|
||
INCB ADD ONE TO DIGIT COUNTER
|
||
RORB ROTATE CARRY INTO BIT 7
|
||
ROLB * SET OVERFLOW FLAG - BRANCH IF CARRY SET AND
|
||
BVC L9213 * ADDING MANTISSA OR CARRY CLEAR AND SUBTRACTING MANTISSA
|
||
BCC L9235 BRANCH IF SUBTRACTING MANTISSA
|
||
SUBB #10+1 WAS SUBB #10+1
|
||
NEGB * IF ADDING MANTISSA
|
||
L9235 ADDB #$2F WAS ADDB #'0'-1
|
||
LEAX $04,X MOVE TO NEXT POWER OF 10 MANTISSA
|
||
TFR B,A SAVE DIGIT IN ACCA
|
||
ANDA #$7F MASK OFF ADD/SUBTRACT FLAG (BIT 7)
|
||
STA ,U+ STORE DIGIT IN BUFFER
|
||
COMB TOGGLE ADD/SUBTRACT FLAG
|
||
ANDB #$80 MASK OFF EVERYTHING BUT ADD/SUB FLAG
|
||
CMPX #LBEE9 COMPARE TO END OF UNNORMALIZED POWERS OF 10
|
||
BNE L9211 BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
CLR ,U PUT A ZERO AT END OF INTEGER
|
||
|
||
* DECREMENT DECIMAL POINT COUNTER AND CHECK FOR COMMA INSERTION
|
||
L9249 DEC V45 DECREMENT DECIMAL POINT COUNTER
|
||
BNE L9256 NOT TIME FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L924D STU VARPTR SAVE BUFFER POINTER-POSITION OF THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
LDA #'.' * STORE A DECIMAL
|
||
STA ,U+ * POINT IN THE OUTPUT BUFFER
|
||
CLR VD7 * CLEAR COMMA COUNTER - NOW IT WILL TAKE 255
|
||
* * DECREMENTS BEFORE ANOTHER COMMA WILL BE INSERTED
|
||
RTS
|
||
L9256 DEC VD7 DECREMENT COMMA COUNTER
|
||
BNE L9262 RETURN IF NOT TIME FOR COMMA
|
||
LDA #$03 * RESET COMMA COUNTER TO 3; THREE
|
||
STA VD7 * DIGITS BETWEEN COMMAS
|
||
LDA #',' * PUT A COMMA INTO
|
||
STA ,U+ * THE BUFFER
|
||
L9262 RTS
|
||
|
||
* INITIALIZE DECIMAL POINT AND COMMA COUNTERS
|
||
L9263 LDA V47 GET THE BASE 10 EXPONENT OFFSET
|
||
ADDA #10 * ADD 10 (FPA0 WAS ‘NORMALIZED’ TO 9 PLACES LEFT
|
||
STA V45 * OF DECIMAL POINT) - SAVE IN DECIMAL POINT COUNTER
|
||
INCA ADD ONE FOR THE DECIMAL POINT
|
||
L926A SUBA #$03 * DIVIDE DECIMAL POINT COUNTER BY 3; LEAVE
|
||
BCC L926A * THE REMAINDER IN ACCA
|
||
ADDA #$05 CONVERT REMAINDER INTO A NUMBER FROM 1-3
|
||
STA VD7 SAVE COMMA COUNTER
|
||
LDA VDA GET STATUS BYTE
|
||
ANDA #$40 CHECK FOR COMMA FLAG
|
||
BNE L927A BRANCH IF COMMA FLAG ACTIVE
|
||
STA VD7 CLEAR COMMA COUNTER - 255 DIGITS OUTPUT BEFORE A COMMA
|
||
L927A RTS
|
||
*
|
||
* INSERT ACCA ZEROES INTO THE BUFFER
|
||
L927B PSHS A SAVE ZEROES COUNTER
|
||
BSR L9249 CHECK FOR DECIMAL POINT
|
||
PULS A RESTORE ZEROES COUNTER
|
||
L9281 DECA * DECREMENT ZEROES COUNTER AND
|
||
BMI L928E * RETURN IF < 0
|
||
PSHS A SAVE ZEROES COUNTER
|
||
LDA #'0' * PUT A ZERO INTO
|
||
STA ,U+ * THE BUFFER
|
||
LDA ,S+ RESTORE THE ZEROES COUNTER
|
||
BNE L927B BRANCH IF NOT DONE
|
||
L928E RTS
|
||
|
||
|
||
* LINE
|
||
LINE CMPA #TOK_INPUT ‘INPUT’ TOKEN
|
||
LBEQ L89C0 GO DO ‘LINE INPUT’ COMMAND
|
||
JMP LB277 ‘SYNTAX ERROR’ IF NOT "LINE INPUT"
|
||
|
||
|
||
* END OF EXTENDED BASIC
|
||
* INTERRUPT VECTORS
|
||
ORG $FFF0
|
||
LBFF0 FDB $0000 RESERVED
|
||
LBFF2 FDB SW3VEC SWI3
|
||
LBFF4 FDB SW2VEC SWI2
|
||
LBFF6 FDB FRQVEC FIRQ
|
||
LBFF8 FDB IRQVEC IRQ
|
||
LBFFA FDB SWIVEC SWI
|
||
LBFFC FDB NMIVEC NMI
|
||
LBFFE FDB RESVEC RESET
|